US20070248594A1 - Cxcr1 and cxcr2 chemokine antagonists - Google Patents

Cxcr1 and cxcr2 chemokine antagonists Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20070248594A1
US20070248594A1 US11/775,567 US77556707A US2007248594A1 US 20070248594 A1 US20070248594 A1 US 20070248594A1 US 77556707 A US77556707 A US 77556707A US 2007248594 A1 US2007248594 A1 US 2007248594A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
substituted
unsubstituted
group
alkyl
compound
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US11/775,567
Inventor
Jianhua Chao
Arthur Taveras
Cynthia Aki
Daniel Lundell
Jay Fine
Tony Priestley
Angelo Reggiani
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Merck Sharp and Dohme Corp
Original Assignee
Schering Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Schering Corp filed Critical Schering Corp
Priority to US11/775,567 priority Critical patent/US20070248594A1/en
Publication of US20070248594A1 publication Critical patent/US20070248594A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D333/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D333/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D333/04Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom
    • C07D333/26Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D333/30Hetero atoms other than halogen
    • C07D333/36Nitrogen atoms
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/335Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin
    • A61K31/34Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin having five-membered rings with one oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. isosorbide
    • A61K31/341Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin having five-membered rings with one oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. isosorbide not condensed with another ring, e.g. ranitidine, furosemide, bufetolol, muscarine
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/02Stomatological preparations, e.g. drugs for caries, aphtae, periodontitis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/16Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for liver or gallbladder disorders, e.g. hepatoprotective agents, cholagogues, litholytics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/18Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for pancreatic disorders, e.g. pancreatic enzymes
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/02Nasal agents, e.g. decongestants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/04Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system for throat disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06Antiasthmatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/08Bronchodilators
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/14Antitussive agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/12Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/06Antiabortive agents; Labour repressants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/02Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/04Antipruritics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/06Antipsoriatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/10Anti-acne agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/06Antigout agents, e.g. antihyperuricemic or uricosuric agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/08Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
    • A61P19/10Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease for osteoporosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/02Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for peripheral neuropathies
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02Ophthalmic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/16Otologicals
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04Antibacterial agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • A61P31/14Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • A61P31/14Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A61P31/18Antivirals for RNA viruses for HIV
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • A61P31/20Antivirals for DNA viruses
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P33/00Antiparasitic agents
    • A61P33/02Antiprotozoals, e.g. for leishmaniasis, trichomoniasis, toxoplasmosis
    • A61P33/06Antimalarials
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/06Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/08Antiallergic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/02Antithrombotic agents; Anticoagulants; Platelet aggregation inhibitors
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/06Antianaemics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/12Antihypertensives
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/30Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/34Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/30Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/34Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/36Oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D231/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings
    • C07D231/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D231/10Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D231/14Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D231/38Nitrogen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D231/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings
    • C07D231/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D231/10Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D231/14Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D231/44Oxygen and nitrogen or sulfur and nitrogen atoms
    • C07D231/46Oxygen atom in position 3 or 5 and nitrogen atom in position 4
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D275/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,2-thiazole rings
    • C07D275/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,2-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D275/03Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,2-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D277/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
    • C07D277/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D277/20Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D277/32Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D277/54Nitrogen and either oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D409/04Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D409/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/14Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to novel CXCR1 and CXCR2 chemokine antagonists, pharmaceutical compositions containing the compounds and methods of treatment using the compounds, compositions and formulations to treat CXCR1 and/or CXCR2 chemokine-mediated diseases such as acute and chronic inflammatory disorders, psoriasis, stroke, multiple sclerosis and cancer.
  • Chemokines are chemotactic cytokines that are released by a wide variety of cells to attract macrophages, T-cells, eosinophils, basophils, neutrophils and endothelial cells to sites of inflammation and tumor growth.
  • the class depends on whether the first two cysteines are separated by a single amino acid (CXC-chemokines) or are adjacent (CC-chemokines).
  • the CXC-chemokines include, but are not limited to, interleukin-8 (IL-8), neutrophil-activating protein-1 (NAP-1), neutrophil-activating protein-2 (NAP-2), GRO ⁇ , GRO ⁇ , GRO ⁇ , ENA-78, GCP-2, IP-10, MIG and PF4.
  • CC chemokines include, but are not limited to, RANTES, MIP-1 ⁇ , MIP-2 ⁇ , monocyte chemotactic protein-1 (MCP-1), MCP-2, MCP-3, CCL19, CCL21 and eotaxin.
  • chemokine families are known to be bound by at least one chemokine receptor, with CXC-chemokines generally bound by members of the CXCR class of receptors, and CC-chemokines by members of the CCR class of receptors.
  • CXC-chemokines generally bound by members of the CXCR class of receptors
  • CC-chemokines by members of the CCR class of receptors.
  • IL-8 is bound by the CXCR-1 and CXCR-2 receptors.
  • CXC-chemokines promote the accumulation and activation of neutrophils, these chemokines have been implicated in a wide range of acute and chronic inflammatory disorders including psoriasis and rheumatoid arthritis. Baggiolini et al., FEBS Lett. 307, 97 (1992); Miller et al., Crit. Rev. Immunol. 12, 17 (1992); Oppenheim et al., Annu. Fev. Immunol. 9, 617 (1991); Seitz et al., J. Clin. Invest. 87, 463 (1991); Miller et al., Am. Rev. Respir. Dis. 146, 427 (1992); Donnely et al., Lancet 341, 643 (1993).
  • ELRCXC chemokines including IL-8, GRO ⁇ , GRO ⁇ , GRO ⁇ , NAP-2, and ENA-78 (Strieter et al. 1995 JBC 270 p. 27348-57) have also been implicated in the induction of tumor angiogenesis (new blood vessel growth). All of these chemokines are believed to exert their actions by binding to the 7 transmembrane G-protein coupled receptor CXCR2 (also known as IL-8RB), while IL-8 also binds CXCR1 (also known as IL-8RA). Thus, their angiogenic activity is due to their binding to and activation of CXCR2, and possible CXCR1 for IL-8, expressed on the surface of vascular endothelial cells (ECs) in surrounding vessels.
  • CXCR2 also known as IL-8RB
  • CXCR1 also known as IL-8RA
  • Inhibitors of CXCR2 or dual inhibitors of CXCR2 and CXCR1 will inhibit the angiogenic activity of the ELRCXC chemokines and therefore block the growth of the tumor.
  • This anti-tumor activity has been demonstrated for antibodies to IL-8 (Arenberg et al. 1996 J Clin Invest 97 p. 2792-2802), ENA-78 (Arenberg et al. 1998 J Clin Invest 102 p. 465-72), and GRO ⁇ (Haghnegahdar et al. J. Leukoc Biology 2000 67 p. 53-62).
  • tumor cells have also been shown to express CXCR2 and thus tumor cells may also stimulate their own growth when they secrete ELRCXC chemokines. Thus, along with decreasing angiogenesis, inhibitors of CXCR2 may directly inhibit the growth of tumor cells.
  • the CXC-chemokine receptors represent promising targets for the development of novel anti-inflammatory and anti-tumor agents.
  • the invention provides a novel class of CXC chemokine-mediators, pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more of such compounds, and methods of treatment, prevention, inhibition, or amelioration of one or more diseases associated with CXC chemokine mediation using the compounds and compositions claimed herein.
  • This invention provides novel compounds of the formula (1): and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts (e.g., sodium or calcium) and solvates thereof, wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , Q, Y, 5-het, n and n′ are defined below.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salts e.g., sodium or calcium
  • Compounds of formula (1) have CXCR1 and/or CXCR2 activity.
  • This invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one compound (e.g., one) of the formula (1) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • This invention also provides a method of treating a CXCR1 and/or CXCR2 chemokine mediated disease in a patient in need of such a treatment comprising administering to said patient an effective amount of at least one compound (e.g., one) of the formula (1) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • a CXCR1 and/or CXCR2 chemokine mediated disease in a patient in need of such a treatment comprising administering to said patient an effective amount of at least one compound (e.g., one) of the formula (1) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • This invention also provides a method of treating a CXCR1 and/or CXCR2 chemokine mediated disease in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient an effective amount of at least one compound (e.g. one) of formula (1) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and administering an effective amount of at least one (e.g., one) additional agent, drug, medicament, antibody and/or inhibitor for treating a chemokine mediated disease or drug or agent useful for the treatment of CXCR1 and/or CXCR2 chemokine mediated diseases.
  • a compound e.g. one
  • formula (1) e.g. one
  • additional agent, drug, medicament, antibody and/or inhibitor e.g., drug, medicament, antibody and/or inhibitor for treating a chemokine mediated disease or drug or agent useful for the treatment of CXCR1 and/or CXCR2 chemokine mediated diseases.
  • This invention also provides a method wherein the compounds bind to a CXCR1 receptor (e.g., a method of treating a chemokine mediated disease comprising administering an effective amount of at least one (e.g., one) compound of formula 1 wherein said compound binds to a CXCR1 receptor).
  • a method of treating a chemokine mediated disease comprising administering an effective amount of at least one (e.g., one) compound of formula 1 wherein said compound binds to a CXCR1 receptor).
  • This invention also provides a method wherein the compounds bind to a CXCR2 receptor (e.g., a method of treating a chemokine mediated disease comprising administering an effective amount of at least one (e.g., one) compound of formula 1 wherein said compound binds to a CXCR2 receptor).
  • a method of treating a chemokine mediated disease comprising administering an effective amount of at least one (e.g., one) compound of formula 1 wherein said compound binds to a CXCR2 receptor).
  • This invention also provides a method of treating a chemokine mediated disease or condition in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering: (a) a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof concurrently or sequentially with (b) at least one medicament selected from the group consisting of: disease modifying antirheumatic drugs; nonsteroidal antiinflammatory drugs; COX-2 selective inhibitors; COX-1 inhibitors; immunosuppressives; steroids; biological response modifiers; and other anti-inflammatory agents or therapeutics useful for the treatment of chemokine mediated diseases.
  • This invention also provides a method comprising treating an inflammatory disease in a patient in need of such treatment.
  • This invention also provides a method of treating cancer in a patient in need of such treatment which method comprises administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (1) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • This invention also provides a method of treating cancer in a patient in need of such treatment which method comprises administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of formula (1) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • This invention also provides a method of treating cancer in a patient in need of such treatment which method comprises administering to said patient a therapeutic amount of at least one compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof concurrently or sequentially with (a) at least one antineoplastic agent selected from the group consisting of: (1) gemcitabine, (2) paclitaxel (Taxol®), (3) 5-Fluorouracil (5-FU), (4) cyclo-phosphamide (Cytoxan®), (5) temozolomide and (6) Vincristine.
  • antineoplastic agent selected from the group consisting of: (1) gemcitabine, (2) paclitaxel (Taxol®), (3) 5-Fluorouracil (5-FU), (4) cyclo-phosphamide (Cytoxan®), (5) temozolomide and (6) Vincristine.
  • This invention also provides a method of treating cancer in a patient in need of such treatment which method comprises at least one compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof and at least one agent selected from the group consisting of microtubule affecting agents, antineoplastic agents, anti-angiogenesis agents, VEGF receptor kinase inhibitors, antibodies against the VEGF receptor, interferon, and radiation.
  • This invention also provides a method of inhibiting angiogenesis in a patient in need of such inhibition said method comprising administering to said patient an effective amount of at least one compound of formula (1).
  • This invention also provides a method of treating an angiogenic ocular disease in a patient in need of such treatment said method comprising administering to said patient an effective amount of at least one compound of formula (1) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • This invention also provides a method of treating asthma in a patient in need of such treatment said method comprising administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of formula (1) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • This invention also provides a method of treating a pulmonary disease in a patient in need of such treatment said method comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of: (a) at least one compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof concurrently or sequentially with (b) at least one compound selected from the group consisting of: glucocorticoids, 5-lipoxygenase inhibitors, ⁇ -2 adrenoceptor agonists, muscarinic M1 antagonists, muscarinic M3 antagonists, muscarinic M2 agonists, NK3 antagonists, LTB4 antagonists, cysteinyl leukotriene antagonists, bronchodilators, PDE4 inhibitors, PDE inhibitors, elastase inhibitors, MMP inhibitors, phospholipase A inhibitors, phospholipase D inhibitors, histamine H1 antagonists, histamine H3 antagonists, dopamine agonists, adenosine A agonist
  • This invention also provides a method of treating multiple sclerosis in a patient in need of such treatment said method comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of: (a) a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof concurrently or sequentially with (b) at least one compound selected from the group consisting of: glatiramer acetate, glucocorticoids, methotrexate, azothioprine, mitoxantrone, and CB2-selective inhibitors.
  • This invention also provides a method of treating multiple sclerosis in a patient in need of such treatment the method comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of: a) at least one compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof concurrently or sequentially with (b) at least one compound selected from the group consisting of: methotrexate, cyclosporin, leflunimide, sulfasalazine, ⁇ -methasone, ⁇ -interferon, glatiramer acetate, prednisone, etonercept, and infliximab.
  • This invention also provides a method of treating rheumatoid arthritis in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one (usually one) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • This invention also provides a method of treating rheumatoid arthritis in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one (usually 1) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof in combination with at least one compound selected from the group consisting of COX-1 inhibitors, COX-2 inhibitors, immunosuppressives (e.g., methotrexate, cyclosporin, leflunimide and sulfasalazine), steroids (e.g., betamethasone, cortisone and dexamethasone), PDE 4 inhibitors, anti-TNF- ⁇ compounds, MMP inhibitors, glucocorticoids, chemokine inhibitors, CB2-selective agents, and other classes of compounds indicated for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis.
  • at least one usually 1 compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof in combination with at least one compound selected from the group consisting of COX
  • This invention also provides a method of treating stroke and ischemia reperfusion injury in a patient in need of such treatment said method comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of: (a) at least one compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof concurrently or sequentially with (b) at least one compound selected from the group consisting of: thrombolitics (e.g., tenecteplase, TPA,reteplase), antiplatelet agents (e.g., gpIIb/IIIa), antagonists (e.g., abciximab and eftiifbatide), anticoagulants (e.g., heparin), and other compounds indicated for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis.
  • thrombolitics e.g., tenecteplase, TPA,reteplase
  • antiplatelet agents e.g., gpIIb/IIIa
  • antagonists e.g.,
  • This invention also provides a method of treating stroke and ischemia reperfusion injury in a patient in need of such treatment said method comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of: (a) at least one compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof concurrently or sequentially with (b) at least one compound selected from the group consisting of: tenecteplase, TPA,reteplase, abciximab, eftiifbatide, and heparin.
  • This invention also provides a method of treating psoriasis in a patient in need of such treatment said method comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of: a) at least one compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof concurrently or sequentially with (b) at least one compound selected from the group consisting of: immunosuppressives (e.g., methotrexate, cyclosporin, efalizumab, alefacept, leflunimide and sulfasalazine), steroids (e.g., ⁇ -methasone) and anti-TNF- ⁇ compounds (e.g., etonercept and infliximab).
  • immunosuppressives e.g., methotrexate, cyclosporin, efalizumab, alefacept, leflunimide and sulfasalazine
  • steroids e.g., ⁇ -methasone
  • This invention also provides a method of treating a CXCR1 and/or a CXCR2 mediated disease or condition selected from the group consisting of pain (e.g., acute pain, acute inflammatory pain, chronic inflammatory pain, and neuropathic pain), acute inflammation, chronic inflammation, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, atopic dermatitis, asthma, COPD, adult respiratory disease, arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, septic shock, endotoxic shock, gram negative sepsis, toxic shock syndrome, stroke, ischemia reperfusion injury, renal reperfusion injury, glomerulonephritis, thrombosis, Alzheimer's disease, graft vs.
  • pain e.g., acute pain, acute inflammatory pain, chronic inflammatory pain, and neuropathic pain
  • acute inflammation chronic inflammation
  • rheumatoid arthritis psoriasis
  • atopic dermatitis asthma, COPD,
  • host reaction i.e., graft vs. host disease
  • allograft rejections e.g., acute allograft rejection, and chronic allograft rejection
  • malaria acute respiratory distress syndrome, delayed type hypersensitivity reaction, atherosclerosis, cerebral ischemia, cardiac ischemia, osteoarthritis, multiple sclerosis, restinosis, angiogenesis, osteoporosis, gingivitis, respiratory viruses, herpes viruses, hepatitis viruses, HIV, Kaposi's sarcoma associated virus (i.e., Kaposi's sarcoma), meningitis, cystic fibrosis, pre-term labor, cough, pruritis, multi-organ dysfunction, trauma, strains, sprains, contusions, psoriatic arthritis, herpes, encephalitis, CNS vasculitis, traumatic brain injury, CNS tumors, subarachnoid hemorrhage, post surgical trauma, interstitial pneumonitis, hypersensitivity, crystal induced
  • This invention also provides a method of treating diseases such as allograft rejections, early transplantation rejections, autoimmune deafness, myocarditis, neuropathies, autoimmune diseases and vasculitis syndromes wherein said
  • Allograft rejections are selected from the group consisting of acute allograft rejections and chronic allograft rejections,
  • Myocarditis is viral myocarditis
  • Neuropathies are selected from the group consisting of IgA neuropathy, membranous neuropathy and idiopathic neuropathy,
  • Vasculitis syndromes are selected from the group consisting of giant cell arteritis, Behcet's disease and Wegener's granulomatosis,
  • Prodrugs of the compounds of formula (1) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates thereof are within the scope of the claimed invention.
  • This invention also provides a method of treating COPD in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one (usually one) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • This invention also provides a method of treating arthritis in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one (usually one) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • This invention also provides a method of treating osteoarthritis in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one (usually one) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • This invention also provides a method of treating pain in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one (usually one) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • This invention also provides a method of treating pain in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one (usually one) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and administering a therapeutically effective amount of at least one medicament selected from the group consisting of: NSAIDs, COXIB inhibitors (e.g., COX-1 and COX-2 inhibitors), anti-depressants, and anti-convulsants.
  • NSAIDs e.g., COX-1 and COX-2 inhibitors
  • anti-depressants e.g., anti-depressants, and anti-convulsants.
  • This invention also provides a method of treating acute pain in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one (usually one) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • This invention also provides a method of treating acute inflammatory pain in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one (usually one) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • This invention also provides a method of treating chronic inflammatory pain in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one (usually one) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • This invention also provides a method of treating neuropathic pain in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one (usually one) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • This invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one (e.g., 1-3, usually 1) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • This invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one (e.g., 1-3, usually 1) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and at least one (e.g., 1-3, usually 1) other agent, medicament, antibody and/or inhibitor disclosed above, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • an effective amount or a “therapeutically effective amount” means to describe an amount of compound of the present invention or another agent effective to treat a mammal (e.g., human) having a disease or CXC chemokine mediated condition, and thus producing the desired therapeutic effect.
  • At least one means one or more (e.g., 1-3, 1-2, or 1),
  • Composition includes a product comprising the specified ingredients in the specified amounts, as well as any product that results, directly or indirectly, from combination of the specified ingredients in the specified amounts.
  • “In combination with” as used to describe the administration of a compound of formula (1) with other medicaments in the methods of treatment of this invention means that the compounds of formula (1) and the other medicaments are administered sequentially or concurrently in separate dosage forms, or are administered concurrently in the same dosage form.
  • “Mammal” means a human and other mammals, or means a human being.
  • Patient includes both human and other mammals, preferably human.
  • DCC means dicyclohexylcarbodiimide.
  • Me means methyl
  • Ph means phenyl
  • Prodrug denotes a compound that is a drug precursor which, upon administration to a subject, undergoes chemical conversion by metabolic or chemical processes to yield a compound of formula (1) or a salt and/or solvate thereof.
  • a discussion of prodrugs is provided in T. Higuchi and V. Stella, Pro - drugs as Novel Delivery Systems , Volume 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design , Edward B. Roche, ed., American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987, both of which are incorporated herein by reference thereto.
  • Alkyl means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group that may be straight or branched and comprising about 1 to about 20 carbon atoms in the chain. Preferred alkyl groups contain about 1 to about 12 carbon atoms in the chain. More preferred alkyl groups contain about 1 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain. Branched means that one or more lower alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, or propyl, are attached to a linear alkyl chain. “Lower alkyl” means a group having about 1 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain which chain may be straight or branched.
  • Non-limiting examples of suitable alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, heptyl, nonyl, and decyl.
  • Alkoxy means an alkyl-O— group wherein alkyl is as defined above.
  • alkoxy groups include: methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy and heptoxy.
  • the bond to the parent moiety is through the ether oxygen.
  • Alkoxyalkyl means an alkoxy-alkyl-group in which the alkoxy and alkyl are as previously described. Preferred alkoxyalkyl comprise a lower alkyl group. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkyl.
  • Aryl (sometimes abbreviated “ar”) means an aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system, wherein at least one ring is aromatic, comprising about 6 to about 14 carbon atoms, preferably about 6 to about 10 carbon atoms.
  • suitable aryl groups include: phenyl, naphthyl, indenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indanyl, anthracenyl, and fluorenyl.
  • Arylalkyl means an aryl-alkyl-group in which the aryl and alkyl are as previously described. Preferred arylalkyls comprise a lower alkyl group. Non-limiting examples of suitable aralkyl groups include benzyl, 2-phenethyl and napthalenylmethyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkyl.
  • Alkylaryl means an alkyl-aryl-group in which the alkyl and aryl are as previously described. Preferred alkylaryls comprise a lower alkyl group. The bond to the parent moiety is through the aryl.
  • Aminoalkyl means an NH 2 -alkyl-group, wherein alkyl is as defined above, bound to the parent moiety through the alkyl group.
  • Aminosulfonyl means NH 2 S(O)—, NH 2 S(O) 2 —, (H)(R 11 )NS(O)—, (H)(R 11 )NS(O) 2 —(R 11 )(R 12 )NS(O)—, or (R 11 )(R 12 )NS(O) 2 —.
  • Aryloxy means an aryl-O— group in which the aryl group is as previously described.
  • suitable aryloxy groups include phenoxy and naphthoxy.
  • the bond to the parent moiety is through the ether oxygen.
  • Carboxyalkyl means an HOOC-alkyl-group, wherein alkyl is as defined above, bound to the parent moiety through the alkyl group.
  • Cyclookine means a cytokine involved in chemotaxis.
  • Chemokine-mediated disease means a disease of which at least one element or cause is related to the regulation of a CXC chemokine.
  • Cycloalkyl means a non-aromatic mono- or multicyclic ring system comprising about 3 to about 10 carbon atoms, preferrably about 5 to about 10 carbon atoms. Preferred cycloalkyl rings contain about 5 to about 7 ring atoms.
  • suitable monocyclic cycloalkyls include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and the like.
  • Non-limiting examples of suitable multicyclic cycloalkyls include 1-decalin, norbornyl, adamantly and the like.
  • Cycloalkylalkyl means a cycloalkyl group bound to the parent moiety through an alkyl group. Non-limiting examples include: cyclopropylmethyl and cyclohexylmethyl.
  • Cycloalkylaryl means a cycloalkyl group bound to the parent moiety through an aryl group. Non-limiting examples include: cyclopropylphenyl and cyclohexylphenyl.
  • Effective amount or “therapeutically effective amount” is meant to describe an amount of compound or a composition of the present invention effective in inhibiting the binding by CXC chemokine receptor of CXC chemokine and thus producing the desired therapeutic effect in a suitable patient.
  • Fluoroalkoxy means an alkoxy group as defined above wherein one or more hydrogen atoms on the alkoxy is replaced by a fluoro group.
  • Fluoroalkyl means an alkyl group as defined above wherein one or more hydrogen atoms on the alkyl is replaced by a fluoro group.
  • Halo means fluoro, chloro, bromo, or iodo groups. Preferred are fluoro, chloro or bromo, and more preferred are fluoro and chloro.
  • Halogen means fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine. Preferred are fluorine, chlorine and bromine.
  • Heterocyclic refers to a non-aromatic saturated monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising 3 to 10 ring atoms (e.g., 3 to 7 ring atoms), or 5 to 10 ring atoms, in which one or more of the atoms in the ring system is an element other than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, alone or in combination. There are no adjacent oxygen and/or sulfur atoms present in the ring system.
  • Examples of heterocyclics or heterocycloalkyls include rings having 5 to 6 ring atoms.
  • the prefix aza, oxa or thia before the heterocyclic or heterocycloalkyl root name means that at least a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom, respectively, is present as a ring atom.
  • the nitrogen or sulfur atom of the heterocyclic or heterocycloalkyl can be optionally oxidized to the corresponding N-oxide, S-oxide or S,S-dioxide.
  • Non-limiting examples of monocyclic heterocyclic or heterocycloalkyl rings include: piperidyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl 1,3-dioxolanyl, 1,4-dioxanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophen-yl, and tetrahydrothiopyranyl.
  • Heterocycloalkylalkyl means a heterocycloalkyl-alkyl group, wherein said heterocycloalkyl and said alkyl are as defined above, bound to a parent moiety through the alkyl group.
  • Heteroaryl means an aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising 5 to 14 ring atoms, or 5 to 10 ring atoms, in which one or more of the ring atoms is an element other than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, alone or in combination. Heteroaryls can contain 5 to 6 ring atoms.
  • the prefix aza, oxa or thia before the heteroaryl root name means that at least a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom respectively, is present as a ring atom.
  • a nitrogen atom of a heteroaryl can be optionally oxidized to the corresponding N-oxide.
  • heteroaryls include: pyridyl, pyrazinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrimidinyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, furazanyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, quinoxalinyl, phthalazinyl, imidazo[1,2-a]pyridinyl, imidazo[2,1-b]thiazolyl, benzofurazanyl, indolyl, azaindolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothienyl, quinolinyl, imidazolyl, thienopyridyl, quinazolinyl, thienopyrimidyl, pyrrolopyridyl, imid
  • Heteroaralkyl or “heteroarylalkyl” means a heteroaryl-alkyl-group, in which the heteroaryl and alkyl are as previously described.
  • Preferred heteroaralkyls can contain a lower alkyl group.
  • suitable aralkyl groups include pyridylmethyl, 2-(furan-3-yl)ethyl and quinolin-3-ylmethyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkyl.
  • “Hydroxyalkyl” means a HO-alkyl-group in which alkyl is as previously defined. Preferred hydroxyalkyls contain lower alkyl. Non-limiting examples of suitable hydroxyalkyl groups include hydroxymethyl and 2-hydroxyethyl.
  • “Hydrate” is a solvate wherein the solvent molecule is H 2 O.
  • Solvate means a physical association of a compound of this invention with one or more solvent molecules. This physical association involves varying degrees of ionic and covalent bonding, including hydrogen bonding. In certain instances the solvate will be capable of isolation, for example when one or more solvent molecules are incorporated in the crystal lattice of the crystalline solid. “Solvate” encompasses both solution-phase and isolatable solvates. Non-limiting examples of suitable solvates include ethanolates, methanolates, and the like.
  • substituted means substitution with specified groups other than hydrogen, or with one or more groups, moieties or radicals which can be the same or different, with each, for example, being independently selected.
  • disease-modifying antirheumatic drugs include, for example, methotrexate, sulfasalzine, leflunomide, TNF ⁇ directed agents (e.g., infliximab, etanercept, and adalimumab), IL-1 directed agents (e.g., anakinra) B cell directed agents (e.g., rituximab), T cell directed agents (e.g., alefacept, efalizumab, and CTLA4-Ig), TNF ⁇ -converting enzyme inhibitors, interleukin-1 converting enzyme inhibitors, and p38 kinase inhibitors.
  • TNF ⁇ directed agents e.g., infliximab, etanercept, and adalimumab
  • IL-1 directed agents e.g., anakinra
  • B cell directed agents e.g., rituximab
  • T cell directed agents e.g., ale
  • IL-1 directed agents e.g., anakinra
  • B cell directed agents e.g., rituximab
  • T cell directed agents e.g., alefacept, efalizumab, and CTLA4-Ig
  • TNF ⁇ -converting enzyme inhibitors interleukin-1 converting enzyme inhibitors
  • p38 kinase inhibitors e.g., interleukin-1 converting enzyme inhibitors
  • a bond drawn from a particular atom wherein no moiety is depicted at the terminal end of the bond indicates a methyl group bound through that bond to the atom.
  • the compounds of formula (1) form salts that are also within the scope of this invention.
  • Reference to a compound of formula (1) herein is understood to include reference to salts thereof, unless otherwise indicated.
  • the term “salt(s)”, as employed herein, denotes acidic salts formed with inorganic and/or organic acids, as well as basic salts formed with inorganic and/or organic bases.
  • zwitterions inner salts may be formed and are included within the term “salt(s)” as used herein.
  • the salts can be pharmaceutically acceptable (i.e., non-toxic, physiologically acceptable) salts, although other salts are also useful.
  • Salts of the compounds of the formula (1) may be formed, for example, by reacting a compound of formula (1) with an amount of acid or base, such as an equivalent amount, in a medium such as one in which the salt precipitates or in an aqueous medium followed by lyophilization.
  • Exemplary acid addition salts include acetates, adipates, alginates, ascorbates, aspartates, benzoates, benzenesulfonates, bisulfates, borates, butyrates, citrates, camphorates, camphorsulfonates, cyclopentanepropionates, digluconates, dodecylsulfates, ethanesulfonates, fumarates, glucoheptanoates, glycerophosphates, hemisulfates, heptanoates, hexanoates, hydrochlorides, hydrobromides, hydroiodides, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonates, lactates, maleates, methanesulfonates, 2-napthalenesulfonates, nicotinates, nitrates, oxalates, pectinates, persulfates, 3-phenylpropionates, phosphates,
  • Exemplary basic salts include ammonium salts, alkali metal salts such as sodium, lithium, and potassium salts, alkaline earth metal salts such as calcium and magnesium salts, salts with organic bases (for example, organic amines) such as benzathines, dicyclohexylamines, hydrabamines (formed with N,N-bis(dehydroabietyl)ethylenediamine), N-methyl-D-glucamines, N-methyl-D-glucamides, t-butyl amines, and salts with amino acids such as arginine, lysine and the like.
  • organic bases for example, organic amines
  • organic amines such as benzathines, dicyclohexylamines, hydrabamines (formed with N,N-bis(dehydroabietyl)ethylenediamine), N-methyl-D-glucamines, N-methyl-D-glucamides, t-butyl amines, and salts with amino acids
  • Basic nitrogen-containing groups may be quarternized with agents such as lower alkyl halides (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl chlorides, bromides and iodides), dialkyl sulfates (e.g., dimethyl, diethyl, dibutyl, and diamyl sulfates), long chain halides (e.g., decyl, lauryl, myristyl, and stearyl chlorides, bromides and iodides), araalkyl halides (e.g., benzyl and phenethyl bromides), and others.
  • lower alkyl halides e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl chlorides, bromides and iodides
  • dialkyl sulfates e.g., dimethyl, diethyl, dibutyl, and diamyl sulfates
  • Compounds of formula (1) can exist in unsolvated and solvated forms, including hydrated forms.
  • the solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol and the like, are equivalent to the unsolvated forms for the purposes of this invention.
  • polymorphs of the compounds of this invention i.e., polymorphs of the compounds of formula 1 are within the scope of this invention.
  • Prodrugs of the compounds of formula (1) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates thereof are within the scope of the claimed invention.
  • All stereoisomers (for example, geometric isomers, optical isomers and the like) of the present compounds including those of the salts, solvates and prodrugs of the compounds as well as the salts and solvates of the prodrugs), such as those which may exist due to asymmetric carbons on various substituents, including enantiomeric forms (which may exist even in the absence of asymmetric carbons), rotameric forms, atropisomers, and diastereomeric forms, are contemplated within the scope of this invention.
  • Individual stereoisomers of the compounds of the invention may, for example, be substantially free of other isomers, or may be admixed, for example, as racemates or with all other, or other selected, stereoisomers.
  • the chiral centers of the present invention can have the S or R configuration as defined by the IUPAC 1974 Recommendations.
  • the use of the terms “salt”, “solvate” “prodrug” and the like, is intended to equally apply to the salt, solvate and prodrug of enantiomers, stereoisomers, rotamers, tautomers, racemates or prodrugs of the inventive compounds.
  • chemotherapeutic agent examples include: alkylating agents, antimetabolites, natural products and their derivatives, hormones and steroids (including synthetic analogs), and synthetics. Examples of compounds within these classes are given below.
  • Alkylating agents including nitrogen mustards, ethylenimine derivatives, alkyl sulfonates, nitrosoureas and triazenes: Uracil mustard, Chlormethine, Cyclophosphamide (Cytoxan®), Ifosfamide, Melphalan, Chlorambucil, Pipobroman, Triethylene-melamine, Triethylenethiophos-phoramine, Busulfan, Carmustine, Lomustine, Streptozocin, dacarbazine, and Temozolomide.
  • Antimetabolites including folic acid antagonists, pyrimidine analogs, purine analogs and adenosine deaminase inhibitors: Methotrexate, 5-Fluorouracil, Floxuridine, Cytarabine, 6-Mercaptopurine, 6-Thioguanine, Fludarabine phosphate, Pentostatine, and Gemcitabine.
  • Natural products and their derivatives including vinca alkaloids, antitumor antibiotics, enzymes, lymphokines and epipodophyllotoxins: Vinblastine, Vincristine, Vindesine, Bleomycin, Dactinomycin, Daunorubicin, Doxorubicin, Epirubicin, Idarubicin, paclitaxel (paclitaxel is commercially available as Taxol® and is described in more detail below), Mithramycin, Deoxyco-formycin, Mitomycin-C, L-Asparaginase, Interferons (especially IFN-a), Etoposide, and Teniposide.
  • Vinblastine Vincristine
  • Vindesine Bleomycin
  • Dactinomycin Daunorubicin
  • Doxorubicin Doxorubicin
  • Epirubicin Idarubicin
  • paclitaxel paclitaxel is commercially available as Taxol® and is described in more detail below
  • Mithramycin Deoxyco-
  • Hormones and steroids include synthetic analogs
  • 17 ⁇ -Ethinylestradiol Diethylstilbestrol
  • Testosterone Prednisone, Fluoxymesterone, Dromostanolone propionate
  • Testolactone Megestrolacetate
  • Tamoxifen Methylprednisolone
  • Methyltestosterone Prednisolone
  • Triamcinolone Chlorotrianisene
  • Hydroxyprogesterone Aminoglutethimide
  • Estramustine Medroxyprogesteroneacetate
  • Leuprolide Flutamide, Toremifene, Zoladex.
  • Synthetics including inorganic complexes such as platinum coordination complexes: Cisplatin, Carboplatin, Hydroxyurea, Amsacrine, Procarbazine, Mitotane, Mitoxantrone, Levamisole, and Hexamethylmelamine.
  • a microtubule affecting agent is a compound that interferes with cellular mitosis, i.e., having an anti-mitotic effect, by affecting microtubule formation and/or action.
  • agents can be, for instance, microtubule stabilizing agents or agents that disrupt microtubule formation.
  • Microtubule affecting agents useful in the invention are well known to those of skilled in the art and include, but are not limited to allocolchicine (NSC 406042), Halichondrin B (NSC 609395), colchicine (NSC 757), colchicine derivatives (e.g., NSC 33410), dolastatin 10 (NSC 376128), maytansine (NSC 153858), rhizoxin (NSC 332598), paclitaxel (Taxol®, NSC 125973), Taxol® derivatives (e.g., derivatives (e.g., NSC 608832), thiocolchicine (NSC 361792), trityl cysteine (NSC 83265), vinblastine sulfate (NSC 49842), vincristine sulfate (NSC 67574), epothilone A, epothilone, and discodermolide (see Service, (1996) Science, 274:2009) estramus
  • agents can be compounds with paclitaxel-like activity.
  • paclitaxel e.g., TAXOL® NSC number 125973
  • paclitaxel derivatives paclitaxel-like compounds
  • analogues paclitaxel and its derivatives are available commercially.
  • methods of making paclitaxel and paclitaxel derivatives and analogues are well known to those of skilled in the art (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos.
  • microtubule affecting agents can be assessed using one of many such assays known in the art, e.g., a semiautomated assay which measures the tubulin-polymerizing activity of paclitaxel analogs in combination with a cellular assay to measure the potential of these compounds to block cells in mitosis (see Lopes (1997) Cancer Chemother. Pharmacol. 41:37-47).
  • This invention provides novel compounds of the formula (1): and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts (e.g., sodium or calcium salt) and solvates thereof, wherein:
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted phenyl, substituted phenyl, unsubstituted pyridinyl, substituted pyridinyl, unsubstituted pyrazinyl, substituted pyrazinyl, unsubstituted pyrimidinyl substituted pyrimidinyl, unsubstituted thiophene-yl, substituted thiophene-yl, unsubstituted thiazolyl, substituted thiazolyl, unsubstituted furanyl, substituted furanyl, unsubstituted isoxazolyl, substituted isoxazolyl, unsubstituted oxazolyl, substituted oxazolyl, unsubstituted naphthyl, substituted naphthyl, unsubstituted indolyl, substituted indolyl, unsubstituted benzoimidazolyl, substitute
  • 1,2,4-triazolyl substituted triazolyl (e.g. substituted 1,2,4-triazolyl), unsubstituted tetrazolyl, substituted tetrazolyl, unsubstituted triazinyl, substituted triazinyl, unsubstituted chromenyl, substituted chromenyl, unsubstituted pteridinyl, substituted pteridinyl, unsubstituted purinyl, and substituted purinyl; said substituted Y groups being substituted with 1 to 5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of: —OH, halogen, cyano, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —NR 11 R 12 , —NR 11 —(CO)NR 11 R 12 , —C(O)NR 11 R 12 , —CO 2 R 11 , —OR 11 , —SO (t) NR 11 R 12 , —NR 11 SO (t
  • Q is selected from the group consisting of:
  • the ring (represented by the dashed lines) of the 5-het moiety is a heteroaryl ring selected from the group consisting of: thiophene-yl, isothiazolyl, pyrrolyl and pyrazolyl;
  • R 1 is bonded to a carbon atom of said 5-het and R 1 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, halogen, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted alkyl, unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, —OH, —OCF 3 , —CF 3 , —CN, —NO 2 , —C(O)R 11 , —C(O)OR 11 , —C(O)NR 11 R 12 , —SO (t) NR 11 R 12 , —SO (t) R 11 , —C(O)NR 11 OR 12 , unsubstituted aryl, substituted aryl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, and substituted heteroaryl;
  • R 2 is bound to a carbon atom of said 5-het and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of: —OH, —OC(O)NHR 16 , —NHC(O)R 16 and —NHS(O) 2 R 16 ;
  • n 0 or 1;
  • n′ 0 or 1;
  • R 3 when n is 1, is bonded to a carbon atom in said 5-het, and R 3 is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, cyano, —CF 3 , substituted alkyl, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted aryl, unsubstituted aryl, substituted heteroaryl and unsubstituted heteroaryl;
  • R 4 when n′ is 1, is bonded to a nitrogen atom in said 5-het and R 4 is selected from the group consisting of: substituted alkyl, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted aryl, unsubstituted aryl, substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, —COOR 17 and —OR 17 ;
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, cyano, substituted alkyl, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted alkoxy, unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted aryl or unsubstituted aryl, substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted arylalkyl, —S(O) t NR 13 R 14 , —S(O) t R 13 (e.g., —SO 2 aryl (such as —SO 2 phenyl), —SO 2 cycloalkyl (such as —SO 2 cyclopropyl), —SO 2 alkyl (such as —SO 2 isopropyl)), —SO 2 fluoroalkyl (such as —SO 2 CF 3 ), —C(O) 2 R 13 , —C(O)NR 13 R 14 and —C(O)R 13 ;
  • R 11 and R 12 are independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted alkyl, unsubstituted aryl, substituted aryl, unsubstituted alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, carboxyalkyl (e.g., -alkylCOOH, such as CH 2 COOH), aminoalkyl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl, substituted heteroarylalkyl, unsubstituted heterocycloalkylalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkylalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkylalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkylalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkylalkyl, unsub
  • R 11 and R 12 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to in the groups —C(O)NR 11 R 12 and —SO (t) NR 11 R 12 , form an unsubstituted or substituted saturated heterocyclic ring, said ring optionally containing 1 to 3 additional heteroatoms wherein said optional heteroatoms are selected from the group consisting of O, S and —N(R 15 ), wherein there are optionally 1 to 3 substituents on the substituted cyclized R 11 and R 12 groups and each substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, aryl, hydroxy, cyano, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, arylalkyl, fluoroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, amino, aminoalkyl, —C(O)OR 13 , —C(O)NR 13 R 14 , —S(O) t
  • R 13 and R 14 independently selected from the group consisting of: H, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted alkyl, unsubstituted aryl, substituted aryl, unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl, and substituted heteroarylalkyl;
  • R 15 is selected from the group consisting of: H, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted alkyl, unsubstituted fluoroalkyl, substituted fluoroalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, substituted aryl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, —C(O) 2 R 13 , —C(O)NR 13 R 14 , —S(O) t NR 13 R 14 , —C(O)R 13 and —SO 2 R 13 ;
  • R 16 is selected from the group consisting of: substituted alkyl, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted fluoroalkyl, unsubstituted fluoroalkyl, substituted aryl, unsubstituted aryl, substituted heteroaryl and unsubstituted heteroaryl;
  • R 17 is selected from the group consisting of: alkyl, substituted alkyl, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted aryl, unsubstituted aryl, substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted fluoroalkyl, substituted fluoroalkyl, unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl, substituted heteroarylalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl and unsubstituted cycloalkyl;
  • R 1 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 16 , and R 17 groups are other than substituted alkyl, then the substituents for said substituted R 1 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 16 , and R 17 groups are independently selected from the group consisting of: alkyl, —CF 3 , —OH, alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl (e.g., —CH 2 OH), aryl, arylalkyl, aminoalkyl (e.g., —CH 2 N(R 15 ) 2 , wherein each R 15 is as defined above and each R 15 is the same or different), fluoroalkyl, fluoroalkoxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylaryl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, halogen,
  • R 1 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 16 , and R 17 groups are substituted alkyl, then the substituents for said substituted R 1 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 16 , and R 17 groups are independently selected from the group consisting of: —CF 3 , —OH, alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl (e.g., —CH 2 OH), aryl, arylalkyl, aminoalkyl (e.g., —CH 2 N(R 15 ) 2 , wherein each R 15 is as defined above and each R 15 is the same or different), fluoroalkyl, fluoroalkoxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylaryl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, halogen, —C(O)
  • t 1 or 2.
  • the substituted Y groups are substituted with 1-5, or 1-3 (e.g., 1, or 1-2, or 1-3) substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (a) alkyl, (b) alkyl substituted with 1-3 (e.g., 1, 1-2, or 1-3) substituents selected from the group consisting at —OH and —N(R 15 ) 2 wherein each R 15 is independently selected, (c) alkoxy, (d) fluoroalkyl, (e) fluoroalkoxy, (f) halo (e.g., Br, F, I), (g) —CN and (h) —OH.
  • substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (a) alkyl, (b) alkyl substituted with 1-3 (e.g., 1, 1-2, or 1-3) substituents selected from the group consisting at —OH and —N(R 15 ) 2 wherein each R 15 is independently selected, (c) alkoxy, (d) fluor
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 6 and R 7 are independently selected from the group consisting of: —OH, halogen, cyano, —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —NR 11 R 12 , —NR 11 (CO)NR 11 R 12 , —C(O)NR 11 R 12 , —CO 2 R 11 , —OR 11 , —SO (t) NR 11 R 12 , —NR 11 SO (t) R 12 , —COR 11 , substituted aryl, unsubstituted aryl, substituted alkyl, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted alkoxy, unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted aryloxy, unsubstituted aryloxy, substituted heteroarylalkyl, unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl, substituted heteroarylalkoxy,
  • R 6 groups are substituted with 1-6 substituents (e.g., 1, or 1-2, or 1-3, or 14, or 1-5, or 1-6), and the substituted R 7 groups are optionally substituted with 1 to 6 substituents, and each substituent on said substituted R 6 group and each substituent on said substituted R 7 group is independently selected from the group consisting of: R 11 , halogen, —CF 3 , —COR 11 , —OR 11 , —NR 11 R 12 , —NO 2 , —CN, —SO 2 R 11 , —SO 2 NR 11 R 12 , —NR 11 C(O)R 12 , —C(O)NR 11 R 12 , —NR 11 CO 2 R 12 and —CO 2 R 11 .
  • 1-6 substituents e.g., 1, or 1-2, or 1-3, or 14, or 1-5, or 1-6
  • substituted R 7 groups are optionally substituted with 1 to 6 substituents
  • 5-het is selected from the group consisting of:
  • 5-het is selected from the group consisting of:
  • Q is selected from the group consisting of:
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of:
  • 5-het is selected from the group consisting of:
  • Q is selected from the group consisting of:
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of:
  • 5-het is:
  • Q is selected from the group consisting of:
  • Y is:
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of —SO (t) NR 11 R 12 and —SO (t) R 11 ;
  • R 2 is —OH or —OC(O)NHR 16 ;
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl, halogen and —CF 3 ;
  • R 6 is halogen or alkyl.
  • R 1 is —SO 2 NR 11 R 12 ;
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of: H, Cl and —CF 3 ;
  • R 11 is selected from the group consisting of: H, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted alkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl and substituted cycloalkyl;
  • R 12 is selected from the group consisting of: H, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted alkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl and substituted cycloalkyl;
  • R 2 is —OH or —OC(O)NHR 16 ;
  • R 16 is selected from the group consisting of: alkyl, aryl and heteroaryl;
  • Y is wherein R 6 and R 7 are as defined above.
  • 5-het is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of: —OH, —OC(O)NHCH 2 CH 3 , —OC(O)NHCH(CH 3 ) 2 , and —NHCOCF 3 ;
  • R 3 when n is 1, is selected from the group consisting of: H, Cl, —CF 3 and —CH 3 ;
  • R 4 when n′ is 1, is CH 3 ;
  • Q is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of: H, —CN, —SO 2 Ph,
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of:
  • 5-het is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 5 is —CN or
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of:
  • One embodiment of the compounds of this invention is directed to the compounds of formula 1 wherein R 2 is —OH, i.e., the compounds of formula: and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts (e.g., sodium or calcium salt) and solvates thereof, wherein R 1 , R 3 , R 4 , n, n′, Q and Y are as defined for formula 1 and the embodiments thereof.
  • R 2 is —OH, i.e., the compounds of formula: and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts (e.g., sodium or calcium salt) and solvates thereof, wherein R 1 , R 3 , R 4 , n, n′, Q and Y are as defined for formula 1 and the embodiments thereof.
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl and aminosulfonyl (e.g., —S(O) 2 NR 11 R 12 wherein R 11 and R 12 are defined above, such as for example, —S(O) 2 (CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 ), and all other substituents are as defined above for formula 1.
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl and aminosulfonyl (e.g., —S(O) 2 NR 11 R 12 wherein R 11 and R 12 are defined above, such as for example, —S(O) 2 (CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 ), and all other substituents are as defined above for formula 1.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to the compounds of formula (2) wherein R 1 is —S(O) 2 NR 11 R 12 , and all other substituents are as defined above for formula 1.
  • R 1 is —S(O) 2 NR 11 R 12 and R 11 and R 12 are selected from the group consisting of: H, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted alkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, and the unsubstituted or substituted saturated heterocyclic ring formed when R 11 and R 12 are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound, and all other substituents are as defined above for formula 1.
  • R 1 is —S(O) 2 NR 11 R 12 and R 11 and R 12 are selected from the group consisting of: unsubstituted alkyl, substituted alkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, and the unsubstituted or substituted saturated heterocyclic ring formed when R 11 and R 12 are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound, and all other substituents are as defined above for formula 1.
  • R 1 is —S(O) 2 NR 11 R 12 and R 11 and R 12 are selected from the group consisting of: unsubstituted alkyl (e.g., methyl) and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, and all other substituents are as defined above for formula 1.
  • Embodiment No. 1 is directed to a compound of the formula (1) wherein 5-het is selected from the group consisting of:
  • Embodiment No. 2 is directed to urea compounds of Embodiment No. 1 wherein 5-het is coupled to a moiety selected from the group consisting of:
  • Embodiment No. 3 is directed to thiourea compounds of Embodiment No. 1 wherein 5-het is coupled to a moiety selected from the group consisting of:
  • Embodiment No. 4 is directed to guanidine compounds of Embodiment No. 1 wherein 5-het is coupled to a moiety selected from the group consisting of: wherein R in Embodiment No. 4 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • Embodiment No. 5 is directed to sulfamide compounds of Embodiment No. 1 wherein 5-het is coupled to a moiety selected from the group consisting of:
  • Embodiment No. 6 is directed to a compound of the formula (1) wherein 5-het is selected from the group consisting of:
  • Embodiment No. 7 is directed to a compound of Embodiment No. 6 wherein 5-het is coupled to a moiety selected from the group consisting of:
  • the compounds of formula (1) are selected from the group consisting of: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof.
  • the compounds of formula (1) are selected from the group consisting of: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof.
  • the compound of formula (1) is: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof.
  • the compound of formula (1) is: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof.
  • the compound of formula (1) is: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof.
  • the compound of formula (1) is: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof.
  • the compound of formula (1) is: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof.
  • the compound of formula (1) is: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof.
  • the compound of formula (1) is: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof.
  • the compound of formula (1) is: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof.
  • the compound of formula (1) is: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof.
  • the compound of formula (1) is: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof.
  • the compound of formula (1) is: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof.
  • the compounds of formula (1) are selected from the group consisting of: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof.
  • the compounds of formula (1) are selected from the group consisting of: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof.
  • the compounds of formula (1) are selected from the group consisting of: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof.
  • Representative compounds of this invention are isolated in substantially pure form.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to the compounds of formula (1) in isolated and pure form.
  • One embodiment of this invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one (e.g, one) compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the methods of treatment of this invention are advantageous in treating diseases where the ELR-CXC chemokine binds to CXCR1 and/or CXCR2.
  • Another embodiment of the invention is directed to a method of treating CXCR1 and/or CXCR2 chemokine mediated diseases in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound (e.g., one) of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound (e.g., one) of formula (1) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • Another embodiment of the invention is directed to a method of treating CXCR1 and/or CXCR2 chemokine mediated diseases in a patient in need thereof comprises administering to the patient (a) an effective amount of at least one (e.g., one) compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, concurrently or sequentially with (b) at least one additional agent, drug, medicament, antibody and/or inhibitor useful for the treatment of CXCR1 and/or CXCR2 chemokine mediated diseases.
  • additional medicament, drug or agent examples include, but are not limited to disease modifying antirheumatic drugs; nonsteroidal antiinflammatory drugs; COX-2 selective inhibitors; COX-1 inhibitors; immunosuppressives; steroids; biological response modifiers, and other anti-inflammatory agents or therapeutics useful for the treatment of CXCR1 and/or CXCR2 chemokine mediated diseases.
  • Another embodiment of the method of treating a CXCR1 and/or CXCR2 chemokine mediated disease is directed to administering (a) a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, concurrently or sequentially with (b) at least one (e.g., one) medicament selected from the group consisting of: disease modifying antirheumatic drugs; nonsteroidal antiinflammatory drugs; COX-2 selective inhibitors; COX-1 inhibitors; immunosuppressives; steroids; biological response modifiers; and other anti-inflammatory agents or therapeutics useful for the treatment of CXCR1 and/or CXCR2 chemokine mediated diseases.
  • at least one medicament selected from the group consisting of: disease modifying antirheumatic drugs; nonsteroidal antiinflammatory drugs; COX-2 selective inhibitors; COX-1 inhibitors; immunosuppressives; steroids; biological response modifiers; and other anti-inflammatory agents or therapeutics useful for the treatment of CXCR1 and/or CXCR2 chemokine
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to a method of treating cancer in a patient in need of such treatment, the method comprises administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to a method of treating cancer comprising administering to the patient a therapeutic amount of at least one (e.g., one) compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof concurrently or sequentially with (a) at least one antineoplastic agent selected from the group consisting of: (1) gemcitabine, (2) paclitaxel (Taxol®), (3) 5-Fluorouracil (5-FU), (4) cyclo-phosphamide (Cytoxan®), (5) temozolomide and (6) Vincristine or (b) at least one (e.g., one) agent selected from the group consisting of (1) microtubule affecting agents, (2) antineoplastic agents, (3) anti-angiogenesis agents, (4) VEGF receptor kinase inhibitors, (5) antibodies against the VEGF receptor, (6) interferon, and (7) radiation.
  • at least one antineoplastic agent selected from the group consisting of: (1) gemcitabine, (2) paclitaxe
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to a method of inhibiting angiogenesis in a patient in need of such inhibition comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of at least one compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to a method of treating an angiogenic ocular disease in a patient in need of such treatment the method comprising administering to said patient an effective amount of at least one (e.g., one) compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to a method of treating asthma in a patient in need of such treatment the method comprising administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to a method of treating a pulmonary disease (e.g., COPD, asthma, or cystic fibrosis), in a patient in need of such treatment the method comprising administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of: (a) at least one compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof concurrently or sequentially with (b) at least one (e.g., one) compound selected from the group consisting of: glucocorticoids, 5-lipoxygenase inhibitors, ⁇ -2 adrenoceptor agonists, muscarinic M1 antagonists, muscarinic M3 antagonists, muscarinic M2 agonists, NK3 antagonists, LTB4 antagonists, cysteinyl leukotriene antagonists, bronchodilators, PDE4 inhibitors, PDE inhibitors, elastase inhibitors, MMP inhibitors, phospholipase A2 inhibitors, phospholipase D inhibitors,
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to method of treating multiple sclerosis in a patient in need of such treatment the method comprising administering to the patient*(a) a therapeutically effective amount of at least one (e.g., one) compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, concurrently or sequentially with (b) a therapeutically effective amount of at least one (e.g., one) compound selected from the group consisting of: glatiramer acetate, glucocorticoids, methotrexate, azothioprine, mitoxantrone, and CB2-selective inhibitors.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to a method of treating multiple sclerosis in a patient in need of such treatment in accordance with the invention may also include the concurrent or sequential administration to a patient a therapeutically effective amount of: (a) at least one compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and (b) at least one compound selected from the group consisting of: methotrexate, cyclosporin, leflunimide, sulfasalazine, ⁇ -methasone, ⁇ -interferon, glatiramer acetate, prednisone, etonercept, and infliximab.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to a method of treating rheumatoid arthritis in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one (usually one) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to a method of treating rheumatoid arthritis in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one (usually 1) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, in combination with at least one compound selected from the group consisting of COX-2 inhibitors, COX-1 inhibitors, immunosuppressives (e.g., methotrexate, cyclosporin, leflunimide and sulfasalazine), steroids (e.g., betamethasone, cortisone and dexamethasone), PDE 4 inhibitors, anti-TNF- ⁇ compounds, MMP inhibitors, glucocorticoids, chemokine inhibitors, CB2-selective agents, and other classes of compounds indicated for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis.
  • at least one usually 1 compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to a method of treating stroke and ischemia reperfusion injury in a patient in need of such treatment the method comprising administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of: (a) at least one compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof concurrently or sequentially with (b) at least one compound selected from the group consisting of: thrombolitics (e.g., tenecteplase, TPA, alteplase), antiplatelet agents (e.g., gpIIb/IIIa), antagonists (e.g., abciximab and eftiifbatide), anticoagulants (e.g., heparin), and other compounds indicated for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis.
  • thrombolitics e.g., tenecteplase, TPA, alteplase
  • antiplatelet agents e.g., gpIIb/IIIa
  • antagonists e
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to a method of treating stroke and ischemia reperfusion injury in a patient in need of such treatment the method comprising administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of: (a) at least one compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof concurrently or sequentially with (b) at least one compound selected from the group consisting of: tenecteplase, TPA,reteplase, abciximab, eftiibatide, and heparin.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to a method of treating psoriasis in a patient in need of such treatment the method comprising administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of: a) at least one compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, concurrently or sequentially with (b) at least one compound selected from the group consisting of: immunosuppressives (e.g., methotrexate, cyclosporin, efalizumab, alefacept, leflunimide and sulfasalazine), steroids (e.g., ⁇ -methasone) and anti-TNF- ⁇ compounds (e.g., etonercept and infliximab).
  • immunosuppressives e.g., methotrexate, cyclosporin, efalizumab, alefacept, leflunimide and sulfasalazine
  • steroids e.g., ⁇ -methasone
  • This invention also provides a method of treating a CXCR1 and/or a CXCR2 mediated disease or condition selected from the group consisting of: pain (e.g., acute pain, acute inflammatory pain, chronic inflammatory pain, and neuropathic pain), acute inflammation, chronic inflammation, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, atopic dermatitis, asthma, COPD, adult respiratory disease, arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, septic shock, endotoxic shock, gram negative sepsis, toxic shock syndrome, stroke, ischemia reperfusion injury, renal reperfusion injury, glomerulonephritis, thrombosis, Alzheimer's disease, graft vs.
  • pain e.g., acute pain, acute inflammatory pain, chronic inflammatory pain, and neuropathic pain
  • acute inflammation chronic inflammation
  • rheumatoid arthritis psoriasis
  • atopic dermatitis asthma, COPD
  • host reaction i.e., graft vs. host disease
  • allograft rejections e.g., acute allograft rejection, and chronic allograft rejection
  • malaria acute respiratory distress syndrome, delayed type hypersensitivity reaction, atherosclerosis, cerebral ischemia, cardiac ischemia, osteoarthritis, multiple sclerosis, restinosis, angiogenesis, osteoporosis, gingivitis, respiratory viruses, herpes viruses, hepatitis viruses, HIV, Kaposi's sarcoma associated virus (i.e., Kaposi's sarcoma), meningitis, cystic fibrosis, pre-term labor, cough, pruritis, multi-organ dysfunction, trauma, strains, sprains, contusions, psoriatic arthritis, herpes, encephalitis, CNS vasculitis, traumatic brain injury, CNS tumors, subarachnoid hemorrhage, post surgical trauma, interstitial pneumonitis, hypersensitivity, crystal induced
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to a method of treating diseases such as allograft rejections, early transplantation rejections, autoimmune deafness, myocarditis, neuropathies, autoimmune diseases and vasculitis syndromes wherein said
  • Allograft rejections are selected from the group consisting of acute allograft rejections and chronic allograft rejections,
  • Myocarditis is viral myocarditis
  • Neuropathies are selected from the group consisting of IgA neuropathy, membranous neuropathy and idiopathic neuropathy,
  • Vasculitis syndromes are selected from the group consisting of giant cell arteritis, Behcet's disease and Wegener's granulomatosis.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to a method of treating COPD in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one (usually one) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to a method of treating arthritis in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one (usually one) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to a method of treating osteoarthritis in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one (usually one) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to a method of treating pain in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one (usually one) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to a method of treating pain in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one (usually one) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and administering a therapeutically effective amount of at least one medicament selected from the group consisting of: NSAIDs, COXIB inhibitors (e.g., COX-1 and COX-2 inhibitors), anti-depressants, and anti-convulsants.
  • NSAIDs e.g., COX-1 and COX-2 inhibitors
  • anti-depressants e.g., anti-depressants, and anti-convulsants.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to a method of treating acute pain in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one (usually one) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to a method of treating acute inflammatory pain in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one (usually one) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to a method of treating chronic inflammatory pain in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one (usually one) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to a method of treating neuropathic pain in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one (usually one) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one (e.g., 1-3, usually 1) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and at least one (e.g., 1-3, usually 1) other agent, medicament, antibody and/or inhibitor disclosed above, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the compounds of this invention used to treat pain will have CXCR2 antagonistic activity.
  • NSAIDs are well known to those skilled in the art and can be used in their known dosages and dosage regimens.
  • examples of NSAIDs include but are not limited to: piroxicam, ketoprofen, naproxen, indomethacin, and ibuprofen
  • COXIB inhibitors are well known to those skilled in the art and can be used in their known dosages and dosage regimens.
  • Examples of COXIB inhibitors include but are not limited to: rofecoxib and celecoxib.
  • Anti-depressants are well known to those skilled in the art and can be used in their known dosages and dosage regimens. Examples of antidepressants include but are not limited to: amitriptyline and nortriptyline.
  • Anti-convulsants are well known to those skilled in the art and can be used in their known dosages and dosage regimens. Examples of Anti-convulsants include but are not limited to: gabapentin, carbamazepine, pregabalin, and lamotragine.
  • inert, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers can be either solid or liquid.
  • Solid form preparations include powders, tablets, dispersible granules, capsules, cachets and suppositories.
  • the powders and tablets may be comprised of from about 5 to about 95 percent active ingredient.
  • Suitable solid carriers are known in the art, e.g., magnesium carbonate, magnesium stearate, talc, sugar or lactose. Tablets, powders, cachets and capsules can be used as solid dosage forms suitable for oral administration. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and methods of manufacture for various compositions may be found in A. Gennaro (ed.), Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 20 th Edition, (2000), Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, Baltimore, Md. which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • Liquid form preparations include solutions, suspensions and emulsions. As an example may be mentioned water or water-propylene glycol solutions for parenteral injection or addition of sweeteners and opacifiers for oral solutions, suspensions and emulsions. Liquid form preparations may also include solutions for intranasal administration.
  • Aerosol preparations suitable for inhalation may include solutions and solids in powder form, which may be in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, such as an inert compressed gas, e.g. nitrogen.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier such as an inert compressed gas, e.g. nitrogen.
  • solid form preparations which are intended to be converted, shortly before use, to liquid form preparations for either oral or parenteral administration.
  • liquid forms include solutions, suspensions and emulsions.
  • the compounds of the invention may also be deliverable transdermally.
  • the transdermal composition can take the form of creams, lotions, aerosols and/or emulsions and can be included in a transdermal patch of the matrix or reservoir type as are conventional in the art for this purpose.
  • the compound can be administered orally.
  • a suitable pharmaceutical preparation is in a unit dosage form.
  • the preparation is subdivided into suitably sized unit doses containing appropriate quantities of the active component, e.g., an effective amount to achieve the desired purpose.
  • the quantity of active compound in a unit dose of preparation may be varied or adjusted from about 0.01 mg to about 1000 mg, or from about 0.01 mg to about 750 mg, or from about 0.01 mg to about 500 mg, or from about 0.01 mg to about 250 mg, according to the particular application.
  • the actual dosage employed may be varied depending upon the requirements of the patient and the severity of the condition being treated. Determination of the proper dosage regimen for a particular situation is within the skill of the art. For convenience, the total dosage may be divided and administered in portions during the day as required.
  • a typical recommended daily dosage regimen for oral administration can range from about 0.04 mg/day to about 4000 mg/day, in two to four divided doses.
  • a dosage regimen of the compound of formula (1) can be oral administration of from 10 mg to 2000 mg/day, or 10 to 1000 mg/day, or 50 to 600 mg/day, in two to four (or two) divided doses, to block tumor growth. Intermittent therapy (e.g., one week out of three weeks or three out of four weeks) may also be used.
  • the chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation therapy can be administered according to therapeutic protocols well known in the art. It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that the administration of the chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation therapy can be varied depending on the disease being treated and the known effects of the chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation therapy on that disease. Also, in accordance with the knowledge of the skilled clinician, the therapeutic protocols (e.g., dosage amounts and times of administration) can be varied in view of the observed effects of the administered therapeutic agents (i.e., antineoplastic agent or radiation) on the patient, and in view of the observed responses of the disease to the administered therapeutic agents.
  • the administered therapeutic agents i.e., antineoplastic agent or radiation
  • the initial order of administration of the compound of formula (1), and the chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation may not be important.
  • the compound of formula (1) may be administered first, followed by the administration of the chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation; or the chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation may be administered first, followed by the administration of the compound of formula (1).
  • This alternate administration may be repeated during a single treatment protocol. The determination of the order of administration, and the number of repetitions of administration of each therapeutic agent during a treatment protocol, is well within the knowledge of the skilled physician after evaluation of the disease being treated and the condition of the patient.
  • the chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation may be administered first, especially if it is a cytotoxic agent, and then the treatment continued with the administration of the compound of formula (1) followed, where determined advantageous, by the administration of the chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation, and so on until the treatment protocol is complete.
  • the compound of formula (1) and the chemotherapeutic agent do not have to be administered in the same pharmaceutical composition, and may, because of different physical and chemical characteristics, have to be administered by different routes.
  • the compound of formula (1) may be administered orally to generate and maintain good blood levels thereof, while the chemotherapeutic agent may be administered intravenously.
  • the determination of the mode of administration and the advisability of administration, where possible, in the same pharmaceutical composition, is well within the knowledge of the skilled clinician.
  • the initial administration can be made according to established protocols known in the art, and then, based upon the observed effects, the dosage, modes of administration and times of administration can be modified by the skilled clinician.
  • the practicing physician can modify each protocol for the administration of a component (therapeutic agent—i.e., the compound of formula (1), chemotherapeutic agent or radiation) of the treatment according to the individual patient's needs, as the treatment proceeds.
  • a component i.e., the compound of formula (1), chemotherapeutic agent or radiation
  • the attending clinician in judging whether treatment is effective at the dosage administered, will consider the general well-being of the patient as well as more definite signs such as relief of disease-related symptoms, inhibition of tumor growth, actual shrinkage of the tumor, or inhibition of metastasis. Size of the tumor can be measured by standard methods such as radio-logical studies, e.g., CAT or MRI scan, and successive measurements can be used to judge whether or not growth of the tumor has been retarded or even reversed. Relief of disease-related symptoms such as pain, and improvement in overall condition can also be used to help judge effectiveness of treatment.
  • Urea-type compounds of formula (1) can be prepared from the condensation of and isocyanate Y—N ⁇ C ⁇ O.
  • the amine and the isocyanate are commercially available, or can be prepared according to the procedures described herein or can be prepared by procedures well known in the art (e.g., Org. Syn . Vol. 78, 220).
  • the amine can be converted to the corresponding isocyanate using procedures well known in the art.
  • the coupling of this isocyanate and the amine Y—NH 2 can afford the compound of formula (1).
  • Thiourea-type compounds of formula (1) i.e. compounds of formula 1 wherein Q is ⁇ C—S
  • Thiourea-type compounds of formula (1) can be prepared from the condensation of the amine and the thioisocyanate Y—N ⁇ C ⁇ S using procedures well known in the art.
  • the amine and the thioisocyanate are commercially available, or can be prepared using the procedures described below, or can be prepared using techniques well know in the art.
  • Guanidine-type compounds of formula (1) i.e., compounds of formula (1) wherein Q is ⁇ C ⁇ N—CN
  • the thiourea compound can be obtained, for example, by following the procedures of Scheme 2) following the procedures of Scheme 3 and following procedures well known in the art. Procedures well known in the art can be used to provide functional group protection of the thiourea starting reactant, and to deprotect the desired product.
  • Scheme 4 can be followed to prepare the sulfamide-type compounds of formula (1) (i.e., compounds of formula (1) wherein Q is ⁇ SO 2 ), by converting the amine Y—NH 2 to the intermediate sulfamoyl chloride Y—NHSO 2 Cl, and then coupling the sulfamoyl chloride with the amine 5-het-NH 2 .
  • the amine Y—NH 2 and the amine 5-het-NH 2 are commercially available, or can be prepared by procedures go well known in the art, or can be prepared by the procedures described below.
  • the organic solution was concentrated in vacuo to give a dark reddish brown oil which was used next.
  • the aqueous layers were adjusted to pH ⁇ 6 using a sat.NaHCO 3 aqueous solution, and extracted with CH 2 Cl 2 (100 mL ⁇ 2). The extracts were washed with brine, dried by Na 2 SO 4 , and filtered through a 0.5-in silica gel pad. The filtrate was concentrated to yield the first batch of the hydroxyl-amine product (0.27 g).
  • the brown oil from above was dissolved in 75 mL of methanol, and added with sodium acetate (2.7 g, 32.91 mmol) and hydroxylamine hydrochloride (1.72 g, 24.75 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2.5 h, quenched with a 1.0 M NaOH aqueous solution (50 mL). The aqueous mixture washed with ether (100 mL ⁇ 3). The combined ether extracts were re-extracted with 25 mL of the 1.0 M NaOH aqueous solution. The basic aqueous layers were combined, adjusted to pH ⁇ 6.0 using a 3.0 M HCl aqueous solution, and extracted with CH 2 Cl 2 (100 mL ⁇ 4).
  • step B Following the procedure described in Preparative Example 1, step B, but using the amines indicated in the table below, the corresponding thiophene-sulfonamides were obtained.
  • 3-Methoxy-2-thiophenesulfonylchloride available from Step A of Preparative Example 1, could be converted to methyl-3-methoxy-2-sulfone under the conditions of sodium O,O-diethylphosphorotellurite, triethylbenzylammonium chloride (cat.), and iodomethane in refluxing THF, according to the procedures described in Synthetic Communications, 1990, 20, 2291-2295.
  • Hydroxy-pyridyl thiophene prepared according to literature precedence ( Acta Chemica Scandinavica, 1992, 46, 654-660), could be converted to the desired pyridyl-hydroxyl-amine following the procedures set forth in Preparative Example 1, steps D through G.
  • the methoxy methyl ester available from Step A above, could be hydrolyzed upon treatment of a 1.0 M NaOH aqueous solution at room temperature to afford the corresponding acid.
  • 1-Methyl-4-bromo-3-aminopyrazole (commercially available) could be converted to the corresponding N,N-dibenzylaminopyrazole upon treatment with sodium hydride and benzyl bromide in N,N-dimethylformamide.
  • Ethyl-pyrrole-carboxylate prepared according to known procedures described in Synthesis, 2000, 5, 673, could be hydrolyzed to the acid in THF upon treatment of a 1.0 M NaOH aqueous solution.
  • the carboxylic acid (3.26 g, 13.75 mmol) available from Step B above was treated with 30 mL of concentrated sulfuric acid.
  • the mixture was sealed in a one-neck round bottom flask, and heated at 65° C. for 4.5 h. After cooled to room temperature, the mixture was poured into 200 mL of crushed ice, and extracted with methylene chloride (100 mL ⁇ 3). The organic extracts were combined, washed successively with H 2 O (50 mL ⁇ 2), sat. NaHCO 3 (50 mL ⁇ 3), and brine (50 mL).
  • a one-neck round bottom flask was charged with bromo-sulfonamide (73 mg, 0.2133 mmol, from Step E above), palladium acetate (5 mg, 0.0223 mmol), binap (0.03212 mmol), cesium carbonate (139 mg, 0.4266 mmol), and benzophenonimine (0.06 mL, 0.358 mmol).
  • the mixture was evacuated via house vacuum, and refilled with nitrogen.
  • a 3 mL of anhydrous toluene was added.
  • the mixture was evacuated again, refilled with nitrogen, and heated at reflux for 2.5 d.
  • the imine from Step F above (205 mg, crude, 0.2133 mmol) was dissolved in 5 mL of methanol, and added with sodium acetate (81 mg, 0.9873 mmol) followed by hydroxylamine hydrochloride (68 mg, 0.98 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 6.5 h, quenched with the addition of 10 mL of a 1.0 M NaOH aqueous solution. The aqueous mixture was extracted with methylene chloride (30 mL ⁇ 3).
  • the aqueous mixture washed with methylene chloride (30 mL ⁇ 3).
  • the organic washings were combined, re-extracted with a 1.0 M NaOH aqueous solution (15 mL) and H 2 O (15 mL).
  • the aqueous layer and aqueous extracts were combined, adjusted to pH ⁇ 6 using a 1.0 M HCl aqueous solution, and extracted with methylene chloride (75 mL ⁇ 3).
  • the organic extracts were washed with brine, dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), and concentrated in vacuo to a dark yellow oil. This oil was dissolved in ethyl acetate (50 mL), washed with H 2 O (10 mL ⁇ 2) and brine (10 mL).
  • tert-Butyl-thiophene sulfonamide available from Preparative Example 16.1 Step A (164 mg, 050 mmol) was treated with potassium carbonate (700 mg. 5 mmol) and iodoethane (0.4 mL 5 mmol) in acetone and refluxed for 1.5 d. The mixture was filtered, and the solid material washed with methylene chloride. The combined filtrated and washing were concentrated and purified by flash column chromatography eluting with 0 to 30% methylene chloride in hexanes. Removal of solvents afforded the ethyl-tert-butyl-sulfonamide (151 mg, 85%).
  • the imine compound from Step A above (crude material, 2.4 g) was dissolved in methanol (40 mL) and methylene chloride (10 mL) Sodium acetate (0.92 g, 11.2 mmol) and hydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.58 g, 8.35 mmol) were added. After stirred for 3 h at room temperature, 30 mL of a 1.0 M NaOH aqueous solution was added. The mixture was extracted with methylene chloride (75 mL ⁇ 3). The organic extracts were washed with brine, dried by Na 2 SO 4 , and concentrated in vacuo to an oily residue.
  • Step E Following the procedure described in Preparative Example 16, Step E, except using cyclobutyl amine in place of N-methyl-N-tert butyl amine, the cyclobutyl-thiophene sulfonamide was prepared.
  • 2-H-thiophene-urea (85 mg, 0.27 mmol), available from Step C of Preparative Example 16.3, was partially dissolved in methylene chloride (4 mL) and added dropwise to a stirred solution of chlorosulfonic acid (0.09 mL, 1.35 mmol) in 4 mL of methylene chloride at room temperature. After 10 min, the mixture was poured into crushed ice and extracted with ethyl acetate several times. The extracts were washed with water and brine, dried with sodium sulfate, and concentrated to give the corresponding thiophene sulfonyl chloride as a greenish oil (45 mg) used in next step directly,
  • Dichloroanilino-thiourea compound available from Example 32.1, may be directly converted to the corresponding cyanoguanidine by treatment with Lead cyanamide (PbNCN) in refluxing acetonitrile-DMF solution (See: Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett., 2000, 10, 265-268 ; J. Med. Chem., 1977, 20, 901).
  • PbNCN Lead cyanamide
  • the compounds of the present invention are useful in the treatment of CXC-chemokine mediated conditions and diseases. This utility is manifested in their ability to inhibit IL-8 and GRO- ⁇ chemokine as demonstrated by the following in vitro assays.
  • a reaction mixture of 2.2 ⁇ g hCXCR1-CHO overexpressing membranes (Biosignal) and 100 ⁇ g/well WGA-SPA beads (Amersham) in 160 ⁇ l was prepared in CXCR1 assay buffer (25 mM HEPES, pH 7.8, 2 mM CaCl 2 , 1 mM MgCl 2 , 125 mM NaCl, 0.1% BSA) (Sigma).
  • CXCR1 assay buffer 25 mM HEPES, pH 7.8, 2 mM CaCl 2 , 1 mM MgCl 2 , 125 mM NaCl, 0.1% BSA
  • a 0.5 nM stock of ligand, [125I]-IL-8 (NEN) was prepared in the CXCR1 assay buffer.
  • 10 ⁇ stock solutions of test compounds were prepared in 10% DMSO (Sigma).
  • the compounds of Examples 20.3, 20.11, 20.13, 20.14, 20.15, 20.16, 20.18, 20.19, 21.5, 21.6, 21.7, 21.10, and 21.14 had a K i of within the range of 0.652 ⁇ M to 1.92 ⁇ M.
  • the compound of Example 20.14 had a K i of 0.652 ⁇ M
  • a reaction mixture of 2.5 ⁇ g hCXCR2-CHO overexpressing membranes (Biosignal) and 200 ⁇ g/well WGA-SPA beads (Amersham) in 160 ⁇ l was prepared in CXCR2 assay buffer (25 mM HEPES, pH 7.4, 2 mM CaCl 2 , 1 mM MgCl 2 ).
  • a 1 nM stock of ligand, [125I]-IL-8 (NEN) was prepared in the CXCR2 assay buffer.
  • the compounds of Examples 20, 20.1, 20.3, 20.7, 20.10, 20.12, 20.15, 20.16, 20.17, 20.18, 20.19, 20.21, 21, 21.1, 21.2, 21.3, 21.4, 21.5, 21.6, 21.7, 21.8, 21.10, 21.12, 21.14 and 22 had a K i of within the range of 5 nM to 91 nM.
  • the compounds of Examples 20.16, 21.1, 21.4, 21.6, 21.7 and 21.14 had a K i of within the range of 5 nM to 10 nM.
  • the compound of Example 20.16 had a K i of 6 nM.
  • HEK 293 cells stably transfected with hCXCR2 and G ⁇ /q could be plated at 10,000 cells per well in a Poly-D-Lysine Black/Clear plate (Becton Dickinson) and could be incubated 48 hours at 5% CO 2 , 37° C. The cultures could then be incubated with 4 mM fluo-4, AM (Molecular Probes) in Dye Loading Buffer (1% FBS, HBSS w. Ca & Mg, 20 mM HEPES (Cellgro), 2.5 mM Probenicid (Sigma) for 1 hour. The cultures could be washed with wash buffer (HBSS w Ca, & Mg, 20 mM HEPES, Probenicid (2.5 mM)) three times, then 100 ⁇ l/well wash buffer could be added.
  • wash buffer HBSS w Ca, & Mg, 20 mM HEPES, Probenicid (2.5 mM)
  • compounds could be prepared as 4 ⁇ stocks in 0.4% DMSO (Sigma) and wash buffer and could be added to their respective wells in the first addition plate.
  • IL-8 or GRO- ⁇ (R&D Systems) concentrations could be prepared 4 ⁇ in wash buffer+0.1% BSA and could be added to their respective wells in second addition plate.
  • Culture plate and both addition plates could then be placed in the FLIPR imaging system to determine change in calcium fluorescence upon addition of compound and then ligand. Briefly, 50 ⁇ l of compound solutions or DMSO solution could be added to respective wells and change in calcium fluorescence measured by the FLIPR for 1 minute. After a 3 minute incubation within the instrument, 50 ⁇ l of ligand could then be added and the change in calcium fluorescence measured by the FLIPR instrument for I minute. The area under each stimulation curve could be determined and values could be used to determine % Stimulation by compound (agonist) and % Inhibition of Total Calcium response to ligand (0.3 nM IL-8 or GRO- ⁇ ) for IC50 values of the test compounds,
  • a chemotaxis assay is setup using Fluorblok inserts (Falcon) for 293-CXCR2 cells (HEK-293 cells overexpressing human CXCR2).
  • Falcon Fluorblok inserts
  • Inserts are coated with collagenIV (2 ⁇ g/ml) for 2 hrs at 37° C.
  • Cells are labeled with 10 ⁇ M calcein AM (Molecular Probes) for 2 hrs. Labeling is done in complete media with 2% FBS.
  • Dilutions of compound are made in minimal media (0.1% BSA) and to placed inside the insert which is positioned inside the well of a 24 well plate. Within the well is IL-8 at a concentration of 0.25 nM in minimal media. Cells are washed and resuspended in minimal media and placed inside the insert at a concentration of 50,000 cells per insert.
  • a cytotoxicity assay for CXCR2 compounds could be conducted on 293-CXCR2 cells. Concentrations of compounds could be tested for toxicity at high concentrations to determine if they could be used for further evaluation in binding and cell based assays.
  • the protocol could be as follows:
  • Dilutions of compound could be made in minimal media w/0.1% BSA. Complete media could be poured off and the dilutions of compound could be added. Plates are incubated for 4, 24 and 48 hrs. Cells could be labeled with 10 ⁇ M calcein AM for 15 minutes to determine cell viability. Detection method could be the same as above.
  • SKMEL-5 cells/well could be placed in a mixture of 1.2% agar and complete media with various dilutions of compound. Final concentration of agar could be 0.6%. After 21 days viable cell colonies could be stained with a solution of MTT (1 mg/ml in PBS). Plates could then be scanned to determine colony number and size. IC 50 could be determined by comparing total area vs. compound concentration.

Abstract

The present invention is directed to a compound having the general structure of formula (1):
Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00001
useful for the treatment, prevention or amelioration of a CXCR1 or CXCR2 chemokine-mediated disease.

Description

    REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATION
  • This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application Ser. No. 60/570,326 filed May 12, 2004, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference thereto.
  • FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention relates to novel CXCR1 and CXCR2 chemokine antagonists, pharmaceutical compositions containing the compounds and methods of treatment using the compounds, compositions and formulations to treat CXCR1 and/or CXCR2 chemokine-mediated diseases such as acute and chronic inflammatory disorders, psoriasis, stroke, multiple sclerosis and cancer.
  • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • Chemokines are chemotactic cytokines that are released by a wide variety of cells to attract macrophages, T-cells, eosinophils, basophils, neutrophils and endothelial cells to sites of inflammation and tumor growth. There are two main classes of chemokines, the CXC-chemokines and the CC-chemokines. The class depends on whether the first two cysteines are separated by a single amino acid (CXC-chemokines) or are adjacent (CC-chemokines). The CXC-chemokines include, but are not limited to, interleukin-8 (IL-8), neutrophil-activating protein-1 (NAP-1), neutrophil-activating protein-2 (NAP-2), GROα, GROβ, GROγ, ENA-78, GCP-2, IP-10, MIG and PF4. CC chemokines include, but are not limited to, RANTES, MIP-1α, MIP-2β, monocyte chemotactic protein-1 (MCP-1), MCP-2, MCP-3, CCL19, CCL21 and eotaxin. Individual members of the chemokine families are known to be bound by at least one chemokine receptor, with CXC-chemokines generally bound by members of the CXCR class of receptors, and CC-chemokines by members of the CCR class of receptors. For example, IL-8 is bound by the CXCR-1 and CXCR-2 receptors.
  • Since CXC-chemokines promote the accumulation and activation of neutrophils, these chemokines have been implicated in a wide range of acute and chronic inflammatory disorders including psoriasis and rheumatoid arthritis. Baggiolini et al., FEBS Lett. 307, 97 (1992); Miller et al., Crit. Rev. Immunol. 12, 17 (1992); Oppenheim et al., Annu. Fev. Immunol. 9, 617 (1991); Seitz et al., J. Clin. Invest. 87, 463 (1991); Miller et al., Am. Rev. Respir. Dis. 146, 427 (1992); Donnely et al., Lancet 341, 643 (1993).
  • ELRCXC chemokines including IL-8, GROα, GROβ, GROγ, NAP-2, and ENA-78 (Strieter et al. 1995 JBC 270 p. 27348-57) have also been implicated in the induction of tumor angiogenesis (new blood vessel growth). All of these chemokines are believed to exert their actions by binding to the 7 transmembrane G-protein coupled receptor CXCR2 (also known as IL-8RB), while IL-8 also binds CXCR1 (also known as IL-8RA). Thus, their angiogenic activity is due to their binding to and activation of CXCR2, and possible CXCR1 for IL-8, expressed on the surface of vascular endothelial cells (ECs) in surrounding vessels.
  • Many different types of tumors have been shown to produce ELRCXC chemokines and their production has been correlated with a more aggressive phenotype (Inoue et al. 2000 Clin Cancer Res 6 p. 2104-2119) and poor prognosis (Yoneda et. al. 1998 J Nat Cancer Inst 90 p. 447-454). Chemokines are potent chemotactic factors and the ELRCXC chemokines have been shown to induce EC chemotaxis. Thus, these chemokines probably induce chemotaxis of endothelial cells toward their site of production in the tumor. This may be a critical step in the induction of angiogenesis by the tumor. Inhibitors of CXCR2 or dual inhibitors of CXCR2 and CXCR1 will inhibit the angiogenic activity of the ELRCXC chemokines and therefore block the growth of the tumor. This anti-tumor activity has been demonstrated for antibodies to IL-8 (Arenberg et al. 1996 J Clin Invest 97 p. 2792-2802), ENA-78 (Arenberg et al. 1998 J Clin Invest 102 p. 465-72), and GROα (Haghnegahdar et al. J. Leukoc Biology 2000 67 p. 53-62).
  • Many tumor cells have also been shown to express CXCR2 and thus tumor cells may also stimulate their own growth when they secrete ELRCXC chemokines. Thus, along with decreasing angiogenesis, inhibitors of CXCR2 may directly inhibit the growth of tumor cells.
  • Hence, the CXC-chemokine receptors represent promising targets for the development of novel anti-inflammatory and anti-tumor agents.
  • There remains a need for compounds that are capable of modulating activity at CXC-chemokine receptors. For example, conditions associated with an increase in IL-8 production (which is responsible for chemotaxis of neutrophil and T-cell subsets into the inflammatory site and growth of tumors) would benefit by compounds that are inhibitors of IL-8 receptor binding.
  • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • In its many embodiments, the invention provides a novel class of CXC chemokine-mediators, pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more of such compounds, and methods of treatment, prevention, inhibition, or amelioration of one or more diseases associated with CXC chemokine mediation using the compounds and compositions claimed herein.
  • This invention provides novel compounds of the formula (1):
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00002

    and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts (e.g., sodium or calcium) and solvates thereof, wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, Q, Y, 5-het, n and n′ are defined below.
  • Compounds of formula (1) have CXCR1 and/or CXCR2 activity.
  • This invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one compound (e.g., one) of the formula (1) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • This invention also provides a method of treating a CXCR1 and/or CXCR2 chemokine mediated disease in a patient in need of such a treatment comprising administering to said patient an effective amount of at least one compound (e.g., one) of the formula (1) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • This invention also provides a method of treating a CXCR1 and/or CXCR2 chemokine mediated disease in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient an effective amount of at least one compound (e.g. one) of formula (1) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and administering an effective amount of at least one (e.g., one) additional agent, drug, medicament, antibody and/or inhibitor for treating a chemokine mediated disease or drug or agent useful for the treatment of CXCR1 and/or CXCR2 chemokine mediated diseases.
  • This invention also provides a method wherein the compounds bind to a CXCR1 receptor (e.g., a method of treating a chemokine mediated disease comprising administering an effective amount of at least one (e.g., one) compound of formula 1 wherein said compound binds to a CXCR1 receptor).
  • This invention also provides a method wherein the compounds bind to a CXCR2 receptor (e.g., a method of treating a chemokine mediated disease comprising administering an effective amount of at least one (e.g., one) compound of formula 1 wherein said compound binds to a CXCR2 receptor).
  • This invention also provides a method of treating a chemokine mediated disease or condition in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering: (a) a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof concurrently or sequentially with (b) at least one medicament selected from the group consisting of: disease modifying antirheumatic drugs; nonsteroidal antiinflammatory drugs; COX-2 selective inhibitors; COX-1 inhibitors; immunosuppressives; steroids; biological response modifiers; and other anti-inflammatory agents or therapeutics useful for the treatment of chemokine mediated diseases.
  • This invention also provides a method comprising treating an inflammatory disease in a patient in need of such treatment.
  • This invention also provides a method of treating cancer in a patient in need of such treatment which method comprises administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (1) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • This invention also provides a method of treating cancer in a patient in need of such treatment which method comprises administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of formula (1) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • This invention also provides a method of treating cancer in a patient in need of such treatment which method comprises administering to said patient a therapeutic amount of at least one compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof concurrently or sequentially with (a) at least one antineoplastic agent selected from the group consisting of: (1) gemcitabine, (2) paclitaxel (Taxol®), (3) 5-Fluorouracil (5-FU), (4) cyclo-phosphamide (Cytoxan®), (5) temozolomide and (6) Vincristine.
  • This invention also provides a method of treating cancer in a patient in need of such treatment which method comprises at least one compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof and at least one agent selected from the group consisting of microtubule affecting agents, antineoplastic agents, anti-angiogenesis agents, VEGF receptor kinase inhibitors, antibodies against the VEGF receptor, interferon, and radiation.
  • This invention also provides a method of inhibiting angiogenesis in a patient in need of such inhibition said method comprising administering to said patient an effective amount of at least one compound of formula (1).
  • This invention also provides a method of treating an angiogenic ocular disease in a patient in need of such treatment said method comprising administering to said patient an effective amount of at least one compound of formula (1) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • This invention also provides a method of treating asthma in a patient in need of such treatment said method comprising administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of formula (1) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • This invention also provides a method of treating a pulmonary disease in a patient in need of such treatment said method comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of: (a) at least one compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof concurrently or sequentially with (b) at least one compound selected from the group consisting of: glucocorticoids, 5-lipoxygenase inhibitors, β-2 adrenoceptor agonists, muscarinic M1 antagonists, muscarinic M3 antagonists, muscarinic M2 agonists, NK3 antagonists, LTB4 antagonists, cysteinyl leukotriene antagonists, bronchodilators, PDE4 inhibitors, PDE inhibitors, elastase inhibitors, MMP inhibitors, phospholipase A inhibitors, phospholipase D inhibitors, histamine H1 antagonists, histamine H3 antagonists, dopamine agonists, adenosine A agonists, NK1 and NK2 antagonists, GABA-b agonists, nociceptin agonists, expectorants, mucolytic agents, decongestants, antioxidants, anti-IL-8 anti-bodies, anti-IL-5 antibodies, anti-IgE antibodies, anti-TNF antibodies, IL-10, adhesion molecule inhibitors, and growth hormones.
  • This invention also provides a method of treating multiple sclerosis in a patient in need of such treatment said method comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of: (a) a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof concurrently or sequentially with (b) at least one compound selected from the group consisting of: glatiramer acetate, glucocorticoids, methotrexate, azothioprine, mitoxantrone, and CB2-selective inhibitors.
  • This invention also provides a method of treating multiple sclerosis in a patient in need of such treatment the method comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of: a) at least one compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof concurrently or sequentially with (b) at least one compound selected from the group consisting of: methotrexate, cyclosporin, leflunimide, sulfasalazine, β-methasone, β-interferon, glatiramer acetate, prednisone, etonercept, and infliximab.
  • This invention also provides a method of treating rheumatoid arthritis in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one (usually one) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • This invention also provides a method of treating rheumatoid arthritis in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one (usually 1) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof in combination with at least one compound selected from the group consisting of COX-1 inhibitors, COX-2 inhibitors, immunosuppressives (e.g., methotrexate, cyclosporin, leflunimide and sulfasalazine), steroids (e.g., betamethasone, cortisone and dexamethasone), PDE 4 inhibitors, anti-TNF-α compounds, MMP inhibitors, glucocorticoids, chemokine inhibitors, CB2-selective agents, and other classes of compounds indicated for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis.
  • This invention also provides a method of treating stroke and ischemia reperfusion injury in a patient in need of such treatment said method comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of: (a) at least one compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof concurrently or sequentially with (b) at least one compound selected from the group consisting of: thrombolitics (e.g., tenecteplase, TPA, alteplase), antiplatelet agents (e.g., gpIIb/IIIa), antagonists (e.g., abciximab and eftiifbatide), anticoagulants (e.g., heparin), and other compounds indicated for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis.
  • This invention also provides a method of treating stroke and ischemia reperfusion injury in a patient in need of such treatment said method comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of: (a) at least one compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof concurrently or sequentially with (b) at least one compound selected from the group consisting of: tenecteplase, TPA, alteplase, abciximab, eftiifbatide, and heparin.
  • This invention also provides a method of treating psoriasis in a patient in need of such treatment said method comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of: a) at least one compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof concurrently or sequentially with (b) at least one compound selected from the group consisting of: immunosuppressives (e.g., methotrexate, cyclosporin, efalizumab, alefacept, leflunimide and sulfasalazine), steroids (e.g., β-methasone) and anti-TNF-α compounds (e.g., etonercept and infliximab).
  • This invention also provides a method of treating a CXCR1 and/or a CXCR2 mediated disease or condition selected from the group consisting of pain (e.g., acute pain, acute inflammatory pain, chronic inflammatory pain, and neuropathic pain), acute inflammation, chronic inflammation, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, atopic dermatitis, asthma, COPD, adult respiratory disease, arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, septic shock, endotoxic shock, gram negative sepsis, toxic shock syndrome, stroke, ischemia reperfusion injury, renal reperfusion injury, glomerulonephritis, thrombosis, Alzheimer's disease, graft vs. host reaction (i.e., graft vs. host disease), allograft rejections (e.g., acute allograft rejection, and chronic allograft rejection), malaria, acute respiratory distress syndrome, delayed type hypersensitivity reaction, atherosclerosis, cerebral ischemia, cardiac ischemia, osteoarthritis, multiple sclerosis, restinosis, angiogenesis, osteoporosis, gingivitis, respiratory viruses, herpes viruses, hepatitis viruses, HIV, Kaposi's sarcoma associated virus (i.e., Kaposi's sarcoma), meningitis, cystic fibrosis, pre-term labor, cough, pruritis, multi-organ dysfunction, trauma, strains, sprains, contusions, psoriatic arthritis, herpes, encephalitis, CNS vasculitis, traumatic brain injury, CNS tumors, subarachnoid hemorrhage, post surgical trauma, interstitial pneumonitis, hypersensitivity, crystal induced arthritis, acute pancreatitis, chronic pancreatitis, acute alcoholic hepatitis, necrotizing enterocolitis, chronic sinusitis, angiogenic ocular disease, ocular inflammation, retinopathy of prematurity, diabetic retinopathy, macular degeneration with the wet type preferred, corneal neovascularization, polymyositis, vasculitis, acne, gastric ulcers, duodenal ulcers, celiac disease, esophagitis, glossitis, airflow obstruction, airway hyperresponsiveness (i.e., airway hyperreactivity), bronchiectasis, bronchiolitis, bronchiolitis obliterans, chronic bronchitis, cor pulmonae, dyspnea, emphysema, hypercapnea, hyperinflation, hypoxemia, hyperoxia-induced inflammations, hypoxia, surgical lung volume reduction, pulmonary fibrosis, pulmonary hypertension, right ventricular hypertrophy, peritonitis associated with continuous ambulatory peritoneal dialysis (CAPD), granulocytic ehrlichiosis, sarcoidosis, small airway disease, ventilation-perfusion mismatching, wheeze, colds, gout, alcoholic liver disease, lupus, burn therapy (i.e., the treatment of burns), periodontitis, cancer, transplant reperfusion injury, early transplantation rejection (e.g., acute allograft rejection) in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient an effective amount of at least one compound (usually 1) of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • This invention also provides a method of treating diseases such as allograft rejections, early transplantation rejections, autoimmune deafness, myocarditis, neuropathies, autoimmune diseases and vasculitis syndromes wherein said
  • (a) Allograft rejections are selected from the group consisting of acute allograft rejections and chronic allograft rejections,
  • (b) Early transplantation rejection is an acute allograft rejection,
  • (c) Autoimmune deafness is Meniere's disease,
  • (d) Myocarditis is viral myocarditis,
  • (e) Neuropathies are selected from the group consisting of IgA neuropathy, membranous neuropathy and idiopathic neuropathy,
  • (f) Autoimmune diseases are anemias, and
  • (g) Vasculitis syndromes are selected from the group consisting of giant cell arteritis, Behcet's disease and Wegener's granulomatosis,
  • Prodrugs of the compounds of formula (1) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates thereof are within the scope of the claimed invention.
  • This invention also provides a method of treating COPD in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one (usually one) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • This invention also provides a method of treating arthritis in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one (usually one) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • This invention also provides a method of treating osteoarthritis in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one (usually one) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • This invention also provides a method of treating pain in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one (usually one) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • This invention also provides a method of treating pain in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one (usually one) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and administering a therapeutically effective amount of at least one medicament selected from the group consisting of: NSAIDs, COXIB inhibitors (e.g., COX-1 and COX-2 inhibitors), anti-depressants, and anti-convulsants.
  • This invention also provides a method of treating acute pain in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one (usually one) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • This invention also provides a method of treating acute inflammatory pain in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one (usually one) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • This invention also provides a method of treating chronic inflammatory pain in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one (usually one) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • This invention also provides a method of treating neuropathic pain in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one (usually one) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • This invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one (e.g., 1-3, usually 1) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • This invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one (e.g., 1-3, usually 1) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and at least one (e.g., 1-3, usually 1) other agent, medicament, antibody and/or inhibitor disclosed above, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • When any substituent or variable occurs more than one time in any moiety, its definition on each occurrence is independent of its definition at every other occurrence. Also, combinations of substituents and/or variables are permissible only if such combinations result in stable compounds.
  • Unless indicated otherwise, the following definitions apply throughout the present specification and claims. These definitions apply regardless of whether a term is used by itself or in combination with other terms. For example, the definition of “alkyl” also applies to the “alkyl” portion of the defined term “alkoxy”
  • “An effective amount” or a “therapeutically effective amount” means to describe an amount of compound of the present invention or another agent effective to treat a mammal (e.g., human) having a disease or CXC chemokine mediated condition, and thus producing the desired therapeutic effect.
  • “At least one” means one or more (e.g., 1-3, 1-2, or 1),
  • “Composition” includes a product comprising the specified ingredients in the specified amounts, as well as any product that results, directly or indirectly, from combination of the specified ingredients in the specified amounts.
  • “In combination with” as used to describe the administration of a compound of formula (1) with other medicaments in the methods of treatment of this invention, means that the compounds of formula (1) and the other medicaments are administered sequentially or concurrently in separate dosage forms, or are administered concurrently in the same dosage form.
  • “Mammal” means a human and other mammals, or means a human being.
  • “Patient” includes both human and other mammals, preferably human.
  • “Bn” means benzyl.
  • “DCC” means dicyclohexylcarbodiimide.
  • “Et” means ethyl.
  • “Me” means methyl.
  • “Ph” means phenyl.
  • “Prodrug” denotes a compound that is a drug precursor which, upon administration to a subject, undergoes chemical conversion by metabolic or chemical processes to yield a compound of formula (1) or a salt and/or solvate thereof. A discussion of prodrugs is provided in T. Higuchi and V. Stella, Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems, Volume 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, Edward B. Roche, ed., American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987, both of which are incorporated herein by reference thereto.
  • “Alkyl” means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group that may be straight or branched and comprising about 1 to about 20 carbon atoms in the chain. Preferred alkyl groups contain about 1 to about 12 carbon atoms in the chain. More preferred alkyl groups contain about 1 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain. Branched means that one or more lower alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, or propyl, are attached to a linear alkyl chain. “Lower alkyl” means a group having about 1 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain which chain may be straight or branched. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, heptyl, nonyl, and decyl.
  • “Alkoxy” means an alkyl-O— group wherein alkyl is as defined above. Non-limiting examples of alkoxy groups include: methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy and heptoxy. The bond to the parent moiety is through the ether oxygen.
  • “Alkoxyalkyl” means an alkoxy-alkyl-group in which the alkoxy and alkyl are as previously described. Preferred alkoxyalkyl comprise a lower alkyl group. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkyl.
  • “Aryl” (sometimes abbreviated “ar”) means an aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system, wherein at least one ring is aromatic, comprising about 6 to about 14 carbon atoms, preferably about 6 to about 10 carbon atoms. Non-limiting examples of suitable aryl groups include: phenyl, naphthyl, indenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indanyl, anthracenyl, and fluorenyl.
  • “Arylalkyl” means an aryl-alkyl-group in which the aryl and alkyl are as previously described. Preferred arylalkyls comprise a lower alkyl group. Non-limiting examples of suitable aralkyl groups include benzyl, 2-phenethyl and napthalenylmethyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkyl.
  • “Alkylaryl” means an alkyl-aryl-group in which the alkyl and aryl are as previously described. Preferred alkylaryls comprise a lower alkyl group. The bond to the parent moiety is through the aryl.
  • “Aminoalkyl” means an NH2-alkyl-group, wherein alkyl is as defined above, bound to the parent moiety through the alkyl group.
  • “Aminosulfonyl” means NH2S(O)—, NH2S(O)2—, (H)(R11)NS(O)—, (H)(R11)NS(O)2—(R11)(R12)NS(O)—, or (R11)(R12)NS(O)2—.
  • “Aryloxy” means an aryl-O— group in which the aryl group is as previously described. Non-limiting examples of suitable aryloxy groups include phenoxy and naphthoxy. The bond to the parent moiety is through the ether oxygen.
  • “Carboxyalkyl” means an HOOC-alkyl-group, wherein alkyl is as defined above, bound to the parent moiety through the alkyl group.
  • “Chemokine” means a cytokine involved in chemotaxis.
  • “Chemokine-mediated disease” means a disease of which at least one element or cause is related to the regulation of a CXC chemokine.
  • “Cycloalkyl” means a non-aromatic mono- or multicyclic ring system comprising about 3 to about 10 carbon atoms, preferrably about 5 to about 10 carbon atoms. Preferred cycloalkyl rings contain about 5 to about 7 ring atoms. Non-limiting examples of suitable monocyclic cycloalkyls include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and the like. Non-limiting examples of suitable multicyclic cycloalkyls include 1-decalin, norbornyl, adamantly and the like.
  • “Cycloalkylalkyl” means a cycloalkyl group bound to the parent moiety through an alkyl group. Non-limiting examples include: cyclopropylmethyl and cyclohexylmethyl.
  • “Cycloalkylaryl” means a cycloalkyl group bound to the parent moiety through an aryl group. Non-limiting examples include: cyclopropylphenyl and cyclohexylphenyl.
  • “Effective amount” or “therapeutically effective amount” is meant to describe an amount of compound or a composition of the present invention effective in inhibiting the binding by CXC chemokine receptor of CXC chemokine and thus producing the desired therapeutic effect in a suitable patient.
  • “Fluoroalkoxy” means an alkoxy group as defined above wherein one or more hydrogen atoms on the alkoxy is replaced by a fluoro group.
  • “Fluoroalkyl” means an alkyl group as defined above wherein one or more hydrogen atoms on the alkyl is replaced by a fluoro group.
  • “Halo” means fluoro, chloro, bromo, or iodo groups. Preferred are fluoro, chloro or bromo, and more preferred are fluoro and chloro.
  • “Halogen” means fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine. Preferred are fluorine, chlorine and bromine.
  • “Heterocyclic” (or “heterocycloalkyl” or “heterocyclyl”) refers to a non-aromatic saturated monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising 3 to 10 ring atoms (e.g., 3 to 7 ring atoms), or 5 to 10 ring atoms, in which one or more of the atoms in the ring system is an element other than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, alone or in combination. There are no adjacent oxygen and/or sulfur atoms present in the ring system. Examples of heterocyclics or heterocycloalkyls include rings having 5 to 6 ring atoms. The prefix aza, oxa or thia before the heterocyclic or heterocycloalkyl root name means that at least a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom, respectively, is present as a ring atom. The nitrogen or sulfur atom of the heterocyclic or heterocycloalkyl can be optionally oxidized to the corresponding N-oxide, S-oxide or S,S-dioxide. Non-limiting examples of monocyclic heterocyclic or heterocycloalkyl rings include: piperidyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl 1,3-dioxolanyl, 1,4-dioxanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophen-yl, and tetrahydrothiopyranyl.
  • “Heterocycloalkylalkyl” means a heterocycloalkyl-alkyl group, wherein said heterocycloalkyl and said alkyl are as defined above, bound to a parent moiety through the alkyl group.
  • “Heteroaryl” means an aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising 5 to 14 ring atoms, or 5 to 10 ring atoms, in which one or more of the ring atoms is an element other than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, alone or in combination. Heteroaryls can contain 5 to 6 ring atoms. The prefix aza, oxa or thia before the heteroaryl root name means that at least a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom respectively, is present as a ring atom. A nitrogen atom of a heteroaryl can be optionally oxidized to the corresponding N-oxide. Non-limiting examples of heteroaryls include: pyridyl, pyrazinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrimidinyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, furazanyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, quinoxalinyl, phthalazinyl, imidazo[1,2-a]pyridinyl, imidazo[2,1-b]thiazolyl, benzofurazanyl, indolyl, azaindolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothienyl, quinolinyl, imidazolyl, thienopyridyl, quinazolinyl, thienopyrimidyl, pyrrolopyridyl, imidazopyridyl, isoquinolinyl, benzoazaindolyl, 1,2,4-triazinyl, and benzothiazolyl.
  • “Heteroaralkyl” or “heteroarylalkyl” means a heteroaryl-alkyl-group, in which the heteroaryl and alkyl are as previously described. Preferred heteroaralkyls can contain a lower alkyl group. Non-limiting examples of suitable aralkyl groups include pyridylmethyl, 2-(furan-3-yl)ethyl and quinolin-3-ylmethyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkyl.
  • “Hydroxyalkyl” means a HO-alkyl-group in which alkyl is as previously defined. Preferred hydroxyalkyls contain lower alkyl. Non-limiting examples of suitable hydroxyalkyl groups include hydroxymethyl and 2-hydroxyethyl.
  • “Hydrate” is a solvate wherein the solvent molecule is H2O.
  • “Solvate” means a physical association of a compound of this invention with one or more solvent molecules. This physical association involves varying degrees of ionic and covalent bonding, including hydrogen bonding. In certain instances the solvate will be capable of isolation, for example when one or more solvent molecules are incorporated in the crystal lattice of the crystalline solid. “Solvate” encompasses both solution-phase and isolatable solvates. Non-limiting examples of suitable solvates include ethanolates, methanolates, and the like.
  • The term “substituted” means substitution with specified groups other than hydrogen, or with one or more groups, moieties or radicals which can be the same or different, with each, for example, being independently selected.
  • The moiety labeled as “5-het” in formula (1) represents the ring with the indicated substituents, i.e., the moiety “5-het” is
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00003
  • Examples of disease-modifying antirheumatic drugs include, for example, methotrexate, sulfasalzine, leflunomide, TNFα directed agents (e.g., infliximab, etanercept, and adalimumab), IL-1 directed agents (e.g., anakinra) B cell directed agents (e.g., rituximab), T cell directed agents (e.g., alefacept, efalizumab, and CTLA4-Ig), TNFα-converting enzyme inhibitors, interleukin-1 converting enzyme inhibitors, and p38 kinase inhibitors.
  • The term “other classes of compounds indicated for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis”, as used herein, unless indicated otherwise, means: compounds selected from the group consisting of: IL-1 directed agents (e.g., anakinra); B cell directed agents (e.g., rituximab); T cell directed agents (e.g., alefacept, efalizumab, and CTLA4-Ig), TNFα-converting enzyme inhibitors, interleukin-1 converting enzyme inhibitors, and p38 kinase inhibitors.
  • As well known in the art, a bond drawn from a particular atom wherein no moiety is depicted at the terminal end of the bond indicates a methyl group bound through that bond to the atom. For example:
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00004
  • It should also be noted that throughout the specification and Claims appended hereto any formula, compound, moiety or chemical illustration with unsatisfied valences is assumed to have the hydrogen atom to satisfy the valences unless the context indicates a bond.
  • The compounds of formula (1) form salts that are also within the scope of this invention. Reference to a compound of formula (1) herein is understood to include reference to salts thereof, unless otherwise indicated. The term “salt(s)”, as employed herein, denotes acidic salts formed with inorganic and/or organic acids, as well as basic salts formed with inorganic and/or organic bases. In addition, when a compound of formula (1) contains both a basic moiety, such as, but not limited to a pyridine or imidazole, and an acidic moiety, such as, but not limited to a carboxylic acid, zwitterions (“inner salts”) may be formed and are included within the term “salt(s)” as used herein. The salts can be pharmaceutically acceptable (i.e., non-toxic, physiologically acceptable) salts, although other salts are also useful. Salts of the compounds of the formula (1) may be formed, for example, by reacting a compound of formula (1) with an amount of acid or base, such as an equivalent amount, in a medium such as one in which the salt precipitates or in an aqueous medium followed by lyophilization.
  • Exemplary acid addition salts include acetates, adipates, alginates, ascorbates, aspartates, benzoates, benzenesulfonates, bisulfates, borates, butyrates, citrates, camphorates, camphorsulfonates, cyclopentanepropionates, digluconates, dodecylsulfates, ethanesulfonates, fumarates, glucoheptanoates, glycerophosphates, hemisulfates, heptanoates, hexanoates, hydrochlorides, hydrobromides, hydroiodides, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonates, lactates, maleates, methanesulfonates, 2-napthalenesulfonates, nicotinates, nitrates, oxalates, pectinates, persulfates, 3-phenylpropionates, phosphates, picrates, pivalates, propionates, salicylates, succinates, sulfates, sulfonates (such as those mentioned herein), tartarates, thiocyanates, toluenesulfonates (also known as tosylates) undecanoates, and the like. Additionally, acid which are generally considered suitable for the formation of pharmaceutically useful salts from basic pharmaceutical compounds are discussed, for example, by S. Berge et al, Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences (1977) 66(1) 1-19; P. Gould, International J. of Pharmaceutics (1986) 33 201-217; Anderson et al, The Practice of Medicinal Chemistry (1996), Academic Press, New York; in The Orange Book (Food & Drug Administration, Washington, D.C. on their website). These disclosures are incorporated herein by reference thereto.
  • Exemplary basic salts include ammonium salts, alkali metal salts such as sodium, lithium, and potassium salts, alkaline earth metal salts such as calcium and magnesium salts, salts with organic bases (for example, organic amines) such as benzathines, dicyclohexylamines, hydrabamines (formed with N,N-bis(dehydroabietyl)ethylenediamine), N-methyl-D-glucamines, N-methyl-D-glucamides, t-butyl amines, and salts with amino acids such as arginine, lysine and the like. Basic nitrogen-containing groups may be quarternized with agents such as lower alkyl halides (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl chlorides, bromides and iodides), dialkyl sulfates (e.g., dimethyl, diethyl, dibutyl, and diamyl sulfates), long chain halides (e.g., decyl, lauryl, myristyl, and stearyl chlorides, bromides and iodides), araalkyl halides (e.g., benzyl and phenethyl bromides), and others.
  • All such acid and base salts are intended to be pharmaceutically acceptable salts within the scope of the invention and all acid and base salts are considered equivalent to the free forms of the corresponding compounds for purposes of the invention.
  • Compounds of formula (1) can exist in unsolvated and solvated forms, including hydrated forms. In general, the solvated forms, with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol and the like, are equivalent to the unsolvated forms for the purposes of this invention.
  • Compounds of formula (1) and salts, solvates and prodrugs thereof, may exist in their tautomeric form (for example, as an amide or imino ether). All such tautomeric forms are contemplated herein as part of the present invention.
  • Also within the scope of the present invention are polymorphs of the compounds of this invention (i.e., polymorphs of the compounds of formula 1 are within the scope of this invention).
  • Prodrugs of the compounds of formula (1) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates thereof are within the scope of the claimed invention.
  • All stereoisomers (for example, geometric isomers, optical isomers and the like) of the present compounds (including those of the salts, solvates and prodrugs of the compounds as well as the salts and solvates of the prodrugs), such as those which may exist due to asymmetric carbons on various substituents, including enantiomeric forms (which may exist even in the absence of asymmetric carbons), rotameric forms, atropisomers, and diastereomeric forms, are contemplated within the scope of this invention. Individual stereoisomers of the compounds of the invention may, for example, be substantially free of other isomers, or may be admixed, for example, as racemates or with all other, or other selected, stereoisomers. The chiral centers of the present invention can have the S or R configuration as defined by the IUPAC 1974 Recommendations. The use of the terms “salt”, “solvate” “prodrug” and the like, is intended to equally apply to the salt, solvate and prodrug of enantiomers, stereoisomers, rotamers, tautomers, racemates or prodrugs of the inventive compounds.
  • Classes of compounds that can be used as the chemotherapeutic agent (antineoplastic agent) include: alkylating agents, antimetabolites, natural products and their derivatives, hormones and steroids (including synthetic analogs), and synthetics. Examples of compounds within these classes are given below.
  • Alkylating agents (including nitrogen mustards, ethylenimine derivatives, alkyl sulfonates, nitrosoureas and triazenes): Uracil mustard, Chlormethine, Cyclophosphamide (Cytoxan®), Ifosfamide, Melphalan, Chlorambucil, Pipobroman, Triethylene-melamine, Triethylenethiophos-phoramine, Busulfan, Carmustine, Lomustine, Streptozocin, Dacarbazine, and Temozolomide.
  • Antimetabolites (including folic acid antagonists, pyrimidine analogs, purine analogs and adenosine deaminase inhibitors): Methotrexate, 5-Fluorouracil, Floxuridine, Cytarabine, 6-Mercaptopurine, 6-Thioguanine, Fludarabine phosphate, Pentostatine, and Gemcitabine.
  • Natural products and their derivatives (including vinca alkaloids, antitumor antibiotics, enzymes, lymphokines and epipodophyllotoxins): Vinblastine, Vincristine, Vindesine, Bleomycin, Dactinomycin, Daunorubicin, Doxorubicin, Epirubicin, Idarubicin, paclitaxel (paclitaxel is commercially available as Taxol® and is described in more detail below), Mithramycin, Deoxyco-formycin, Mitomycin-C, L-Asparaginase, Interferons (especially IFN-a), Etoposide, and Teniposide.
  • Hormones and steroids (including synthetic analogs), 17β-Ethinylestradiol, Diethylstilbestrol, Testosterone, Prednisone, Fluoxymesterone, Dromostanolone propionate, Testolactone, Megestrolacetate, Tamoxifen, Methylprednisolone, Methyltestosterone, Prednisolone, Triamcinolone, Chlorotrianisene, Hydroxyprogesterone, Aminoglutethimide, Estramustine, Medroxyprogesteroneacetate, Leuprolide, Flutamide, Toremifene, Zoladex.
  • Synthetics (including inorganic complexes such as platinum coordination complexes): Cisplatin, Carboplatin, Hydroxyurea, Amsacrine, Procarbazine, Mitotane, Mitoxantrone, Levamisole, and Hexamethylmelamine.
  • Methods for the safe and effective administration of most of these chemotherapeutic agents are known to those skilled in the art. In addition, their administration is described in the standard literature. For example, the administration of many of the chemotherapeutic agents is described in the “Physicians' Desk Reference” (PDR), e.g., 2003 edition (Thomson P D R, Montvale, N.J. 07645-1742, USA); the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference thereto.
  • As used herein, a microtubule affecting agent is a compound that interferes with cellular mitosis, i.e., having an anti-mitotic effect, by affecting microtubule formation and/or action. Such agents can be, for instance, microtubule stabilizing agents or agents that disrupt microtubule formation.
  • Microtubule affecting agents useful in the invention are well known to those of skilled in the art and include, but are not limited to allocolchicine (NSC 406042), Halichondrin B (NSC 609395), colchicine (NSC 757), colchicine derivatives (e.g., NSC 33410), dolastatin 10 (NSC 376128), maytansine (NSC 153858), rhizoxin (NSC 332598), paclitaxel (Taxol®, NSC 125973), Taxol® derivatives (e.g., derivatives (e.g., NSC 608832), thiocolchicine (NSC 361792), trityl cysteine (NSC 83265), vinblastine sulfate (NSC 49842), vincristine sulfate (NSC 67574), epothilone A, epothilone, and discodermolide (see Service, (1996) Science, 274:2009) estramustine, nocodazole, MAP4, and the like. Examples of such agents are also described in the scientific and patent literature, see, e.g., Bulinski (1997) J. Cell Sci. 110:3055-3064; Panda (1997) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 94:10560-10564; Muhlradt (1997) Cancer Res. 57:3344-3346; Nicolaou (1997) Nature 387:268-272; Vasquez (1997) Mol. Biol. Cell. 8:973-985; Panda (1996) J. Biol. Chem. 271:29807-29812.
  • Particularly, agents can be compounds with paclitaxel-like activity. These include, but are not limited to paclitaxel (e.g., TAXOL® NSC number 125973) and paclitaxel derivatives (paclitaxel-like compounds) and analogues. Paclitaxel and its derivatives are available commercially. In addition, methods of making paclitaxel and paclitaxel derivatives and analogues are well known to those of skilled in the art (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,569,729; 5,565,478; 5,530,020; 5,527,924; 5,508,447; 5,489,589; 5,488,116; 5,484,809; 5,478,854; 5,478,736; 5,475,120; 5,468,769; 5,461,169; 5,440,057; 5,422,364; 5,411,984; 5,405,972; and 5,296,506).
  • Additional microtubule affecting agents can be assessed using one of many such assays known in the art, e.g., a semiautomated assay which measures the tubulin-polymerizing activity of paclitaxel analogs in combination with a cellular assay to measure the potential of these compounds to block cells in mitosis (see Lopes (1997) Cancer Chemother. Pharmacol. 41:37-47).
  • This invention provides novel compounds of the formula (1):
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00005

    and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts (e.g., sodium or calcium salt) and solvates thereof, wherein:
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted phenyl, substituted phenyl, unsubstituted pyridinyl, substituted pyridinyl, unsubstituted pyrazinyl, substituted pyrazinyl, unsubstituted pyrimidinyl substituted pyrimidinyl, unsubstituted thiophene-yl, substituted thiophene-yl, unsubstituted thiazolyl, substituted thiazolyl, unsubstituted furanyl, substituted furanyl, unsubstituted isoxazolyl, substituted isoxazolyl, unsubstituted oxazolyl, substituted oxazolyl, unsubstituted naphthyl, substituted naphthyl, unsubstituted indolyl, substituted indolyl, unsubstituted benzoimidazolyl, substituted benzoimidazolyl, unsubstituted benzodioxolyl, substituted benzodioxolyl, unsubstituted quinolinyl, substituted quinolinyl, unsubstituted benzofuranyl, substituted benzofuranyl, substituted benzothiophene-yl, unsubstituted benzothiophene-yl, unsubstituted pyrrolyl, substituted pyrrolyl, unsubstituted isothiazolyl, substituted isothiazolyl, unsubstituted pyrazolyl, substituted pyrazolyl, unsubstituted pyridazinyl, substituted pyridazinyl, unsubstituted isoquinolinyl, substituted isoquinolinyl, unsubstituted pyridopyrazinyl, substituted pyridopyrazinyl, unsubstituted napthyridinyl, substituted napthyridinyl, unsubstituted triazolyl (e.g. 1,2,4-triazolyl), substituted triazolyl (e.g. substituted 1,2,4-triazolyl), unsubstituted tetrazolyl, substituted tetrazolyl, unsubstituted triazinyl, substituted triazinyl, unsubstituted chromenyl, substituted chromenyl, unsubstituted pteridinyl, substituted pteridinyl, unsubstituted purinyl, and substituted purinyl; said substituted Y groups being substituted with 1 to 5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of: —OH, halogen, cyano, —CF3, —OCF3, —NR11R12, —NR11—(CO)NR11R12, —C(O)NR11R12, —CO2R11, —OR11, —SO(t)NR11R12, —NR11SO(t)R12, —COR11, substituted aryl, unsubstituted aryl, substituted alkyl, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted alkoxy, unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted aryloxy, unsubstituted aryloxy, substituted heteroarylalkyl, unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl, substituted heteroarylalkoxy, unsubstituted heteroarylalkoxy, substituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted hydroxyalkyl, unsubstituted hydroxyalkyl; wherein the substituted substituent groups bound to Y are substituted with 1 to 6 (e.g., 1, or 1-2, or 1-3, or 14, or 1-5, or 1-6) substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, —CF3, —COR11, —OR11, —NR11R12, —NO2, —CN, —SO2R11, —SO2NR11R12, —NR11C(O)R12, —C(O)NR11R12, —NR11CO2R12 and —CO2R11;
  • Q is selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00006
  • the ring (represented by the dashed lines) of the 5-het moiety is a heteroaryl ring selected from the group consisting of: thiophene-yl, isothiazolyl, pyrrolyl and pyrazolyl;
  • R1 is bonded to a carbon atom of said 5-het and R1 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, halogen, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted alkyl, unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, —OH, —OCF3, —CF3, —CN, —NO2, —C(O)R11, —C(O)OR11, —C(O)NR11R12, —SO(t)NR11R12, —SO(t)R11, —C(O)NR11OR12, unsubstituted aryl, substituted aryl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, and substituted heteroaryl;
  • R2 is bound to a carbon atom of said 5-het and R2 is selected from the group consisting of: —OH, —OC(O)NHR16, —NHC(O)R16 and —NHS(O)2R16;
  • n=0 or 1;
  • n′=0 or 1;
  • R3, when n is 1, is bonded to a carbon atom in said 5-het, and R3 is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, cyano, —CF3, substituted alkyl, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted aryl, unsubstituted aryl, substituted heteroaryl and unsubstituted heteroaryl;
  • R4, when n′ is 1, is bonded to a nitrogen atom in said 5-het and R4 is selected from the group consisting of: substituted alkyl, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted aryl, unsubstituted aryl, substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, —COOR17 and —OR17;
  • R5 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, cyano, substituted alkyl, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted alkoxy, unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted aryl or unsubstituted aryl, substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted arylalkyl, —S(O)tNR13R14, —S(O)tR13 (e.g., —SO2aryl (such as —SO2phenyl), —SO2cycloalkyl (such as —SO2cyclopropyl), —SO2alkyl (such as —SO2isopropyl)), —SO2fluoroalkyl (such as —SO2CF3), —C(O)2R13, —C(O)NR13R14 and —C(O)R13;
  • R11 and R12 are independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted alkyl, unsubstituted aryl, substituted aryl, unsubstituted alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, carboxyalkyl (e.g., -alkylCOOH, such as CH2COOH), aminoalkyl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl, substituted heteroarylalkyl, unsubstituted heterocycloalkylalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkylalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkylalkyl, substituted cycloalkylalkyl, unsubstituted heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, unsubstituted fluoroalkyl, and substituted fluoroalkyl; or
  • R11 and R12, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to in the groups —C(O)NR11R12 and —SO(t)NR11R12, form an unsubstituted or substituted saturated heterocyclic ring, said ring optionally containing 1 to 3 additional heteroatoms wherein said optional heteroatoms are selected from the group consisting of O, S and —N(R15), wherein there are optionally 1 to 3 substituents on the substituted cyclized R11 and R12 groups and each substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, aryl, hydroxy, cyano, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, arylalkyl, fluoroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, amino, aminoalkyl, —C(O)OR13, —C(O)NR13R14, —S(O)tNR13R14, —C(O)R13, —SO2R13, —NHC(O)NR13R14, —NHC(O)OR13, halogen, and —N(R15)2 wherein each R15 is independently selected;
  • R13 and R14 independently selected from the group consisting of: H, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted alkyl, unsubstituted aryl, substituted aryl, unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl, and substituted heteroarylalkyl;
  • R15 is selected from the group consisting of: H, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted alkyl, unsubstituted fluoroalkyl, substituted fluoroalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, substituted aryl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, —C(O)2R13, —C(O)NR13R14, —S(O)tNR13R14, —C(O)R13 and —SO2R13;
  • R16 is selected from the group consisting of: substituted alkyl, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted fluoroalkyl, unsubstituted fluoroalkyl, substituted aryl, unsubstituted aryl, substituted heteroaryl and unsubstituted heteroaryl;
  • R17 is selected from the group consisting of: alkyl, substituted alkyl, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted aryl, unsubstituted aryl, substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted fluoroalkyl, substituted fluoroalkyl, unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl, substituted heteroarylalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl and unsubstituted cycloalkyl;
  • wherein when said substituted R1, R3, R4, R5, R11, R12, R13, R14, R15, R16, and R17 groups are other than substituted alkyl, then the substituents for said substituted R1, R3, R4, R5, R11, R12, R13, R14, R15, R16, and R17 groups are independently selected from the group consisting of: alkyl, —CF3, —OH, alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl (e.g., —CH2OH), aryl, arylalkyl, aminoalkyl (e.g., —CH2N(R15)2, wherein each R15 is as defined above and each R15 is the same or different), fluoroalkyl, fluoroalkoxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylaryl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, halogen, —C(O)2R13a, —C(O)NR13aR14a, —S(O)tNR13aR14a, —C(O)R13a, —SO2R13a and —N(R15a)2, wherein each R13a, R14a, and R15a is independently selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl and isopropyl), unsubstituted aryl (e.g., phenyl), halo substituted aryl (e.g., chlorophenyl (e.g., 3-chlorophenyl) and fluorophenyl (e.g., 3-fluorophenyl)), unsubstituted arylalkyl (e.g., benzyl), halo substituted arylalkyl (e.g., fluorobenzyl (e.g., 3-fluorobenzyl), and chlorobenzyl (e.g., 3-chlorobenzyl)), and unsubstituted cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclohexyl and cyclopropyl), except that the cyclized R11 and R12 are optionally substituted as provided above;
  • wherein when said substituted R1, R3, R4, R5, R11, R12, R13, R14, R15, R16, and R17 groups are substituted alkyl, then the substituents for said substituted R1, R3, R4, R5, R11, R12, R13, R14, R15, R16, and R17 groups are independently selected from the group consisting of: —CF3, —OH, alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl (e.g., —CH2OH), aryl, arylalkyl, aminoalkyl (e.g., —CH2N(R15)2, wherein each R15 is as defined above and each R15 is the same or different), fluoroalkyl, fluoroalkoxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylaryl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, halogen, —C(O)2R13a, —C(O)NR13aR14, —S(O)tNR13R14a, C(O)R13a, —SO2R13a, and —N(R15a)2, wherein each R13a, R14a, and R15a is independently selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl and isopropyl), unsubstituted aryl (e.g., phenyl), halo substituted aryl (e.g., chlorophenyl (e.g., 3-chlorophenyl) and fluorophenyl (e.g., 3-fluorophenyl)), unsubstituted arylalkyl (e.g., benzyl), halo substituted arylalkyl (e.g., fluorobenzyl (e.g., 3-fluorobenzyl), and chlorobenzyl (e.g., 3-chlorobenzyl)), and unsubstituted cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclohexyl and cyclopropyl), except that the cyclized R11 and R12 are optionally substituted as provided above; and
  • t is 1 or 2.
  • In one embodiment of the compound of formula (1), the substituted Y groups are substituted with 1-5, or 1-3 (e.g., 1, or 1-2, or 1-3) substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (a) alkyl, (b) alkyl substituted with 1-3 (e.g., 1, 1-2, or 1-3) substituents selected from the group consisting at —OH and —N(R15)2 wherein each R15 is independently selected, (c) alkoxy, (d) fluoroalkyl, (e) fluoroalkoxy, (f) halo (e.g., Br, F, I), (g) —CN and (h) —OH.
  • In another embodiment of the compounds of formula (1), Y is selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00007
  • wherein:
  • k=0 to 5;
  • m=0 to 4;
  • q=0 to 3;
  • p=0 to 2;
  • R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of: —OH, halogen, cyano, —CF3, —OCF3, —NR11R12, —NR11(CO)NR11R12, —C(O)NR11R12, —CO2R11, —OR11, —SO(t)NR11R12, —NR11SO(t)R12, —COR11, substituted aryl, unsubstituted aryl, substituted alkyl, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted alkoxy, unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted aryloxy, unsubstituted aryloxy, substituted heteroarylalkyl, unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl, substituted heteroarylalkoxy, unsubstituted heteroarylalkoxy, substituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted hydroxyalkyl, and unsubstituted hydroxyalkyl;
  • wherein the R6 groups are substituted with 1-6 substituents (e.g., 1, or 1-2, or 1-3, or 14, or 1-5, or 1-6), and the substituted R7 groups are optionally substituted with 1 to 6 substituents, and each substituent on said substituted R6 group and each substituent on said substituted R7 group is independently selected from the group consisting of: R11, halogen, —CF3, —COR11, —OR11, —NR11R12, —NO2, —CN, —SO2R11, —SO2NR11R12, —NR11C(O)R12, —C(O)NR11R12, —NR11CO2R12 and —CO2R11.
  • In still another embodiment of the compounds of formula (1), 5-het is selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00008
  • In still another embodiment of the compounds of formula (1), 5-het is selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00009
  • Q is selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00010
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00011
  • In still yet another embodiment of the compounds of formula (1), 5-het is selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00012
  • Q is selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00013
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00014
  • In another aspect of the compounds of formula (1), 5-het is:
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00015
  • Q is selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00016
  • Y is:
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00017
      • (e.g., k is 2 and each R6 is independently selected)
  • R1 is selected from the group consisting of —SO(t)NR11R12 and —SO(t)R11;
  • R2 is —OH or —OC(O)NHR16;
  • R3 is selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl, halogen and —CF3; and
  • R6 is halogen or alkyl.
  • In still another aspect of the compounds of the formula (1):
  • R1 is —SO2NR11R12;
  • R3 is selected from the group consisting of: H, Cl and —CF3;
  • R11 is selected from the group consisting of: H, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted alkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl and substituted cycloalkyl;
  • R12 is selected from the group consisting of: H, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted alkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl and substituted cycloalkyl;
  • R2 is —OH or —OC(O)NHR16;
  • R16 is selected from the group consisting of: alkyl, aryl and heteroaryl; and
  • Y is
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00018

    wherein R6 and R7 are as defined above.
  • In still yet another aspect of the compounds of formula (1), 5-het is selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00019
  • R1 is selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00020
  • R2 is selected from the group consisting of: —OH, —OC(O)NHCH2CH3, —OC(O)NHCH(CH3)2, and —NHCOCF3;
  • R3, when n is 1, is selected from the group consisting of: H, Cl, —CF3 and —CH3;
  • R4, when n′ is 1, is CH3;
  • Q is selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00021
  • R5 is selected from the group consisting of: H, —CN, —SO2Ph,
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00022
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00023
  • Thus, in one embodiment of the compounds of formula (1), 5-het is selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00024
  • R1 is selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00025
  • R5 is —CN or
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00026
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00027
  • One embodiment of the compounds of this invention is directed to the compounds of formula 1 wherein R2 is —OH, i.e., the compounds of formula:
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00028

    and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts (e.g., sodium or calcium salt) and solvates thereof, wherein R1, R3, R4, n, n′, Q and Y are as defined for formula 1 and the embodiments thereof.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to the compounds of formula (2) wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl and aminosulfonyl (e.g., —S(O)2NR11R12 wherein R11 and R12 are defined above, such as for example, —S(O)2(CH2CH3)2), and all other substituents are as defined above for formula 1.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to the compounds of formula (2) wherein R1 is —S(O)2NR11R12, and all other substituents are as defined above for formula 1.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to the compounds of formula (2) wherein R1 is —S(O)2NR11R12 and R11 and R12 are selected from the group consisting of: H, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted alkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, and the unsubstituted or substituted saturated heterocyclic ring formed when R11 and R12 are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound, and all other substituents are as defined above for formula 1.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to the compounds of formula (2) wherein R1 is —S(O)2NR11R12 and R11 and R12 are selected from the group consisting of: unsubstituted alkyl, substituted alkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, and the unsubstituted or substituted saturated heterocyclic ring formed when R11 and R12 are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound, and all other substituents are as defined above for formula 1.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to the compounds of formula (2) wherein R1 is —S(O)2NR11R12 and R11 and R12 are selected from the group consisting of: unsubstituted alkyl (e.g., methyl) and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, and all other substituents are as defined above for formula 1.
  • Additional embodiments are described below. The embodiments have been numbered for purposes of reference
  • Embodiment No. 1 is directed to a compound of the formula (1) wherein 5-het is selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00029
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00030
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00031
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00032
  • Embodiment No. 2 is directed to urea compounds of Embodiment No. 1 wherein 5-het is coupled to a moiety selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00033
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00034
  • Embodiment No. 3 is directed to thiourea compounds of Embodiment No. 1 wherein 5-het is coupled to a moiety selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00035
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00036
  • Embodiment No. 4 is directed to guanidine compounds of Embodiment No. 1 wherein 5-het is coupled to a moiety selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00037
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00038

    wherein R in Embodiment No. 4 is selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00039
  • Embodiment No. 5 is directed to sulfamide compounds of Embodiment No. 1 wherein 5-het is coupled to a moiety selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00040
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00041
  • Embodiment No. 6 is directed to a compound of the formula (1) wherein 5-het is selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00042
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00043
  • Embodiment No. 7 is directed to a compound of Embodiment No. 6 wherein 5-het is coupled to a moiety selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00044
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00045
  • In another embodiment, the compounds of formula (1) are selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00046
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00047
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00048
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00049
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00050
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00051
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00052

    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof.
  • In still another embodiment, the compounds of formula (1) are selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00053
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00054

    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof.
  • In still another embodiment, the compound of formula (1) is:
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00055

    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof.
  • In still another embodiment, the compound of formula (1) is:
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00056

    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof.
  • In still another embodiment, the compound of formula (1) is:
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00057

    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof.
  • In still another embodiment, the compound of formula (1) is:
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00058

    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof.
  • In still another embodiment, the compound of formula (1) is:
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00059

    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof.
  • In still another embodiment, the compound of formula (1) is:
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00060

    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof.
  • In still another embodiment, the compound of formula (1) is:
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00061

    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof.
  • In still another embodiment, the compound of formula (1) is:
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00062

    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof.
  • In still another embodiment, the compound of formula (1) is:
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00063

    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof.
  • In still another embodiment, the compound of formula (1) is:
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00064

    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof.
  • In still another embodiment, the compound of formula (1) is:
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00065

    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof.
  • In still another embodiment, the compounds of formula (1) are selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00066
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00067

    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof.
  • In still another embodiment, the compounds of formula (1) are selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00068
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00069

    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof.
  • In still another embodiment, the compounds of formula (1) are selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00070
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00071

    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof.
  • Representative compounds of this invention are isolated in substantially pure form.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to the compounds of formula (1) in isolated and pure form.
  • One embodiment of this invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one (e.g, one) compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • The methods of treatment of this invention are advantageous in treating diseases where the ELR-CXC chemokine binds to CXCR1 and/or CXCR2.
  • Another embodiment of the invention is directed to a method of treating CXCR1 and/or CXCR2 chemokine mediated diseases in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound (e.g., one) of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • Another embodiment of the invention is directed to a method of treating CXCR1 and/or CXCR2 chemokine mediated diseases in a patient in need thereof comprises administering to the patient (a) an effective amount of at least one (e.g., one) compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, concurrently or sequentially with (b) at least one additional agent, drug, medicament, antibody and/or inhibitor useful for the treatment of CXCR1 and/or CXCR2 chemokine mediated diseases. Examples of the additional medicament, drug or agent include, but are not limited to disease modifying antirheumatic drugs; nonsteroidal antiinflammatory drugs; COX-2 selective inhibitors; COX-1 inhibitors; immunosuppressives; steroids; biological response modifiers, and other anti-inflammatory agents or therapeutics useful for the treatment of CXCR1 and/or CXCR2 chemokine mediated diseases.
  • Another embodiment of the method of treating a CXCR1 and/or CXCR2 chemokine mediated disease is directed to administering (a) a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, concurrently or sequentially with (b) at least one (e.g., one) medicament selected from the group consisting of: disease modifying antirheumatic drugs; nonsteroidal antiinflammatory drugs; COX-2 selective inhibitors; COX-1 inhibitors; immunosuppressives; steroids; biological response modifiers; and other anti-inflammatory agents or therapeutics useful for the treatment of CXCR1 and/or CXCR2 chemokine mediated diseases.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to a method of treating cancer in a patient in need of such treatment, the method comprises administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to a method of treating cancer comprising administering to the patient a therapeutic amount of at least one (e.g., one) compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof concurrently or sequentially with (a) at least one antineoplastic agent selected from the group consisting of: (1) gemcitabine, (2) paclitaxel (Taxol®), (3) 5-Fluorouracil (5-FU), (4) cyclo-phosphamide (Cytoxan®), (5) temozolomide and (6) Vincristine or (b) at least one (e.g., one) agent selected from the group consisting of (1) microtubule affecting agents, (2) antineoplastic agents, (3) anti-angiogenesis agents, (4) VEGF receptor kinase inhibitors, (5) antibodies against the VEGF receptor, (6) interferon, and (7) radiation.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to a method of inhibiting angiogenesis in a patient in need of such inhibition comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of at least one compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to a method of treating an angiogenic ocular disease in a patient in need of such treatment the method comprising administering to said patient an effective amount of at least one (e.g., one) compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to a method of treating asthma in a patient in need of such treatment the method comprising administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to a method of treating a pulmonary disease (e.g., COPD, asthma, or cystic fibrosis), in a patient in need of such treatment the method comprising administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of: (a) at least one compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof concurrently or sequentially with (b) at least one (e.g., one) compound selected from the group consisting of: glucocorticoids, 5-lipoxygenase inhibitors, β-2 adrenoceptor agonists, muscarinic M1 antagonists, muscarinic M3 antagonists, muscarinic M2 agonists, NK3 antagonists, LTB4 antagonists, cysteinyl leukotriene antagonists, bronchodilators, PDE4 inhibitors, PDE inhibitors, elastase inhibitors, MMP inhibitors, phospholipase A2 inhibitors, phospholipase D inhibitors, histamine H1 antagonists, histamine H3 antagonists, dopamine agonists, adenosine 42 agonists, NK1 and NK2 antagonists, GABA-b agonists, nociceptin agonists, expectorants, mucolytic agents, decongestants, antioxidants, anti-IL-8 anti-bodies, anti-IL-5 antibodies, anti-IgE antibodies, anti-TNF antibodies, IL-10, adhesion molecule inhibitors, and growth hormones.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to method of treating multiple sclerosis in a patient in need of such treatment the method comprising administering to the patient*(a) a therapeutically effective amount of at least one (e.g., one) compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, concurrently or sequentially with (b) a therapeutically effective amount of at least one (e.g., one) compound selected from the group consisting of: glatiramer acetate, glucocorticoids, methotrexate, azothioprine, mitoxantrone, and CB2-selective inhibitors.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to a method of treating multiple sclerosis in a patient in need of such treatment in accordance with the invention may also include the concurrent or sequential administration to a patient a therapeutically effective amount of: (a) at least one compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and (b) at least one compound selected from the group consisting of: methotrexate, cyclosporin, leflunimide, sulfasalazine, β-methasone, β-interferon, glatiramer acetate, prednisone, etonercept, and infliximab.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to a method of treating rheumatoid arthritis in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one (usually one) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to a method of treating rheumatoid arthritis in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one (usually 1) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, in combination with at least one compound selected from the group consisting of COX-2 inhibitors, COX-1 inhibitors, immunosuppressives (e.g., methotrexate, cyclosporin, leflunimide and sulfasalazine), steroids (e.g., betamethasone, cortisone and dexamethasone), PDE 4 inhibitors, anti-TNF-α compounds, MMP inhibitors, glucocorticoids, chemokine inhibitors, CB2-selective agents, and other classes of compounds indicated for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to a method of treating stroke and ischemia reperfusion injury in a patient in need of such treatment the method comprising administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of: (a) at least one compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof concurrently or sequentially with (b) at least one compound selected from the group consisting of: thrombolitics (e.g., tenecteplase, TPA, alteplase), antiplatelet agents (e.g., gpIIb/IIIa), antagonists (e.g., abciximab and eftiifbatide), anticoagulants (e.g., heparin), and other compounds indicated for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to a method of treating stroke and ischemia reperfusion injury in a patient in need of such treatment the method comprising administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of: (a) at least one compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof concurrently or sequentially with (b) at least one compound selected from the group consisting of: tenecteplase, TPA, alteplase, abciximab, eftiibatide, and heparin.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to a method of treating psoriasis in a patient in need of such treatment the method comprising administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of: a) at least one compound of formula (1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, concurrently or sequentially with (b) at least one compound selected from the group consisting of: immunosuppressives (e.g., methotrexate, cyclosporin, efalizumab, alefacept, leflunimide and sulfasalazine), steroids (e.g., β-methasone) and anti-TNF-α compounds (e.g., etonercept and infliximab).
  • This invention also provides a method of treating a CXCR1 and/or a CXCR2 mediated disease or condition selected from the group consisting of: pain (e.g., acute pain, acute inflammatory pain, chronic inflammatory pain, and neuropathic pain), acute inflammation, chronic inflammation, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, atopic dermatitis, asthma, COPD, adult respiratory disease, arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, septic shock, endotoxic shock, gram negative sepsis, toxic shock syndrome, stroke, ischemia reperfusion injury, renal reperfusion injury, glomerulonephritis, thrombosis, Alzheimer's disease, graft vs. host reaction (i.e., graft vs. host disease), allograft rejections (e.g., acute allograft rejection, and chronic allograft rejection), malaria, acute respiratory distress syndrome, delayed type hypersensitivity reaction, atherosclerosis, cerebral ischemia, cardiac ischemia, osteoarthritis, multiple sclerosis, restinosis, angiogenesis, osteoporosis, gingivitis, respiratory viruses, herpes viruses, hepatitis viruses, HIV, Kaposi's sarcoma associated virus (i.e., Kaposi's sarcoma), meningitis, cystic fibrosis, pre-term labor, cough, pruritis, multi-organ dysfunction, trauma, strains, sprains, contusions, psoriatic arthritis, herpes, encephalitis, CNS vasculitis, traumatic brain injury, CNS tumors, subarachnoid hemorrhage, post surgical trauma, interstitial pneumonitis, hypersensitivity, crystal induced arthritis, acute pancreatitis, chronic pancreatitis, acute alcoholic hepatitis, necrotizing enterocolitis, chronic sinusitis, angiogenic ocular disease, ocular inflammation, retinopathy of prematurity, diabetic retinopathy, macular degeneration with the wet type preferred, corneal neovascularization, polymyositis, vasculitis, acne, gastric ulcers, duodenal ulcers, celiac disease, esophagus, glossitis, airflow obstruction, airway hyperresponsiveness (i.e., airway hyperreactivity), bronchiectasis, bronchiolitis, bronchiolitis obliterans, chronic bronchitis, cor pulmonae, dyspnea, emphysema, hypercapnea, hyperinflation, hypoxemia, hyperoxia-induced inflammations, hypoxia, surgical lung volume reduction, pulmonary fibrosis, pulmonary hypertension, right ventricular hypertrophy, peritonitis associated with continuous ambulatory peritoneal dialysis (CAPD), granulocytic ehrlichiosis, sarcoidosis, small airway disease, ventilation-perfusion mismatching, wheeze, colds, gout, alcoholic liver disease, lupus, burn therapy (i.e., the treatment of burns), periodontitis, cancer, transplant reperfusion injury, early transplantation rejection (e.g., acute allograft rejection) in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient an effective amount of at least one compound (usually 1) of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to a method of treating diseases such as allograft rejections, early transplantation rejections, autoimmune deafness, myocarditis, neuropathies, autoimmune diseases and vasculitis syndromes wherein said
  • (a) Allograft rejections are selected from the group consisting of acute allograft rejections and chronic allograft rejections,
  • (b) Early transplantation rejection is an acute allograft rejection,
  • (c) Autoimmune deafness is Meniere's disease,
  • (d) Myocarditis is viral myocarditis,
  • (e) Neuropathies are selected from the group consisting of IgA neuropathy, membranous neuropathy and idiopathic neuropathy,
  • (f) Autoimmune diseases are anemias, and
  • (g) Vasculitis syndromes are selected from the group consisting of giant cell arteritis, Behcet's disease and Wegener's granulomatosis.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to a method of treating COPD in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one (usually one) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to a method of treating arthritis in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one (usually one) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to a method of treating osteoarthritis in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one (usually one) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to a method of treating pain in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one (usually one) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to a method of treating pain in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one (usually one) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and administering a therapeutically effective amount of at least one medicament selected from the group consisting of: NSAIDs, COXIB inhibitors (e.g., COX-1 and COX-2 inhibitors), anti-depressants, and anti-convulsants.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to a method of treating acute pain in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one (usually one) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to a method of treating acute inflammatory pain in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one (usually one) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to a method of treating chronic inflammatory pain in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one (usually one) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to a method of treating neuropathic pain in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one (usually one) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • Another embodiment of this invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one (e.g., 1-3, usually 1) compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and at least one (e.g., 1-3, usually 1) other agent, medicament, antibody and/or inhibitor disclosed above, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • In general the compounds of this invention used to treat pain will have CXCR2 antagonistic activity.
  • NSAIDs are well known to those skilled in the art and can be used in their known dosages and dosage regimens. Examples of NSAIDs include but are not limited to: piroxicam, ketoprofen, naproxen, indomethacin, and ibuprofen COXIB inhibitors are well known to those skilled in the art and can be used in their known dosages and dosage regimens. Examples of COXIB inhibitors include but are not limited to: rofecoxib and celecoxib.
  • Anti-depressants are well known to those skilled in the art and can be used in their known dosages and dosage regimens. Examples of antidepressants include but are not limited to: amitriptyline and nortriptyline.
  • Anti-convulsants are well known to those skilled in the art and can be used in their known dosages and dosage regimens. Examples of Anti-convulsants include but are not limited to: gabapentin, carbamazepine, pregabalin, and lamotragine.
  • For preparing pharmaceutical compositions from the compounds described by this invention, inert, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers can be either solid or liquid. Solid form preparations include powders, tablets, dispersible granules, capsules, cachets and suppositories. The powders and tablets may be comprised of from about 5 to about 95 percent active ingredient. Suitable solid carriers are known in the art, e.g., magnesium carbonate, magnesium stearate, talc, sugar or lactose. Tablets, powders, cachets and capsules can be used as solid dosage forms suitable for oral administration. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and methods of manufacture for various compositions may be found in A. Gennaro (ed.), Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 20th Edition, (2000), Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, Baltimore, Md. which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • Liquid form preparations include solutions, suspensions and emulsions. As an example may be mentioned water or water-propylene glycol solutions for parenteral injection or addition of sweeteners and opacifiers for oral solutions, suspensions and emulsions. Liquid form preparations may also include solutions for intranasal administration.
  • Aerosol preparations suitable for inhalation may include solutions and solids in powder form, which may be in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, such as an inert compressed gas, e.g. nitrogen.
  • Also included are solid form preparations which are intended to be converted, shortly before use, to liquid form preparations for either oral or parenteral administration. Such liquid forms include solutions, suspensions and emulsions.
  • The compounds of the invention may also be deliverable transdermally. The transdermal composition can take the form of creams, lotions, aerosols and/or emulsions and can be included in a transdermal patch of the matrix or reservoir type as are conventional in the art for this purpose.
  • The compound can be administered orally.
  • A suitable pharmaceutical preparation is in a unit dosage form. In such form, the preparation is subdivided into suitably sized unit doses containing appropriate quantities of the active component, e.g., an effective amount to achieve the desired purpose.
  • The quantity of active compound in a unit dose of preparation may be varied or adjusted from about 0.01 mg to about 1000 mg, or from about 0.01 mg to about 750 mg, or from about 0.01 mg to about 500 mg, or from about 0.01 mg to about 250 mg, according to the particular application.
  • The actual dosage employed may be varied depending upon the requirements of the patient and the severity of the condition being treated. Determination of the proper dosage regimen for a particular situation is within the skill of the art. For convenience, the total dosage may be divided and administered in portions during the day as required.
  • The amount and frequency of administration of the compounds of the invention and/or the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof will be regulated according to the judgment of the attending clinician considering such factors as age, condition and size of the patient as well as severity of the symptoms being treated. A typical recommended daily dosage regimen for oral administration can range from about 0.04 mg/day to about 4000 mg/day, in two to four divided doses.
  • Methods for the safe and effective administration of the above-mentioned microtubule affecting agents are known to those skilled in the art. In addition, their administration is described in the standard literature. For example, the administration of many of the chemotherapeutic agents is described in the “Physicians' Desk Reference” (PDR), e.g., 2003 edition (Thompson P D R, Montvale, N.J. 07645-1742, USA); the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference thereto.
  • The amount and frequency of administration of the compounds of formula (1) and the chemotherapeutic agents and/or radiation therapy will be regulated according to the judgment of the attending clinician (physician) considering such factors as age, condition and size of the patient as well as severity of the disease being treated. A dosage regimen of the compound of formula (1) can be oral administration of from 10 mg to 2000 mg/day, or 10 to 1000 mg/day, or 50 to 600 mg/day, in two to four (or two) divided doses, to block tumor growth. Intermittent therapy (e.g., one week out of three weeks or three out of four weeks) may also be used.
  • The chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation therapy can be administered according to therapeutic protocols well known in the art. It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that the administration of the chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation therapy can be varied depending on the disease being treated and the known effects of the chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation therapy on that disease. Also, in accordance with the knowledge of the skilled clinician, the therapeutic protocols (e.g., dosage amounts and times of administration) can be varied in view of the observed effects of the administered therapeutic agents (i.e., antineoplastic agent or radiation) on the patient, and in view of the observed responses of the disease to the administered therapeutic agents.
  • If the compound of formula (1), and the chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation are not administered simultaneously or essentially simultaneously, then the initial order of administration of the compound of formula (1), and the chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation, may not be important. Thus, the compound of formula (1) may be administered first, followed by the administration of the chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation; or the chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation may be administered first, followed by the administration of the compound of formula (1). This alternate administration may be repeated during a single treatment protocol. The determination of the order of administration, and the number of repetitions of administration of each therapeutic agent during a treatment protocol, is well within the knowledge of the skilled physician after evaluation of the disease being treated and the condition of the patient.
  • For example, the chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation may be administered first, especially if it is a cytotoxic agent, and then the treatment continued with the administration of the compound of formula (1) followed, where determined advantageous, by the administration of the chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation, and so on until the treatment protocol is complete.
  • The particular choice of a compound of formula (1), and chemotherapeutic agent and/or radiation will depend upon the diagnosis of the attending physicians and their judgment of the condition of the patient and the appropriate treatment protocol.
  • Also, in general, the compound of formula (1) and the chemotherapeutic agent do not have to be administered in the same pharmaceutical composition, and may, because of different physical and chemical characteristics, have to be administered by different routes. For example, the compound of formula (1) may be administered orally to generate and maintain good blood levels thereof, while the chemotherapeutic agent may be administered intravenously. The determination of the mode of administration and the advisability of administration, where possible, in the same pharmaceutical composition, is well within the knowledge of the skilled clinician. The initial administration can be made according to established protocols known in the art, and then, based upon the observed effects, the dosage, modes of administration and times of administration can be modified by the skilled clinician.
  • Thus, in accordance with experience and knowledge, the practicing physician can modify each protocol for the administration of a component (therapeutic agent—i.e., the compound of formula (1), chemotherapeutic agent or radiation) of the treatment according to the individual patient's needs, as the treatment proceeds.
  • The attending clinician, in judging whether treatment is effective at the dosage administered, will consider the general well-being of the patient as well as more definite signs such as relief of disease-related symptoms, inhibition of tumor growth, actual shrinkage of the tumor, or inhibition of metastasis. Size of the tumor can be measured by standard methods such as radio-logical studies, e.g., CAT or MRI scan, and successive measurements can be used to judge whether or not growth of the tumor has been retarded or even reversed. Relief of disease-related symptoms such as pain, and improvement in overall condition can also be used to help judge effectiveness of treatment.
  • Compounds of formula (1) may be produced by processes known to those skilled in the art, in the following reaction schemes, and in the preparations and examples below.
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00072
      • All substituents are as defined for formula (1).
  • Urea-type compounds of formula (1) can be prepared from the condensation of
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00073

    and isocyanate Y—N═C═O. The amine and the isocyanate are commercially available, or can be prepared according to the procedures described herein or can be prepared by procedures well known in the art (e.g., Org. Syn. Vol. 78, 220).
  • Alternatively, the amine
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00074

    can be converted to the corresponding isocyanate
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00075

    using procedures well known in the art. The coupling of this isocyanate and the amine Y—NH2 can afford the compound of formula (1).
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00076
      • All substituents are as defined in formula (1)
  • Thiourea-type compounds of formula (1) (i.e. compounds of formula 1 wherein Q is ═C—S) can be prepared from the condensation of the amine
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00077

    and the thioisocyanate Y—N═C═S using procedures well known in the art. The amine and the thioisocyanate are commercially available, or can be prepared using the procedures described below, or can be prepared using techniques well know in the art.
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00078
      • All substituents are as defined in formula (1)
  • Guanidine-type compounds of formula (1) (i.e., compounds of formula (1) wherein Q is ═C═N—CN) can be prepared from the corresponding thiourea compound (wherein the thiourea compound can be obtained, for example, by following the procedures of Scheme 2) following the procedures of Scheme 3 and following procedures well known in the art. Procedures well known in the art can be used to provide functional group protection of the thiourea starting reactant, and to deprotect the desired product.
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00079
      • All substituents are as defined in formula (1)
  • The procedures of Scheme 4 can be followed to prepare the sulfamide-type compounds of formula (1) (i.e., compounds of formula (1) wherein Q is ═SO2), by converting the amine Y—NH2 to the intermediate sulfamoyl chloride Y—NHSO2Cl, and then coupling the sulfamoyl chloride with the amine 5-het-NH2. The amine Y—NH2 and the amine 5-het-NH2 are commercially available, or can be prepared by procedures go well known in the art, or can be prepared by the procedures described below.
  • The invention disclosed herein is exemplified by the following preparations and examples that should not be construed to limit the scope of the disclosure. Alternative mechanistic pathways and analogous structures may be apparent to those skilled in the art.
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLE 1
  • Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00080

    Step A
  • To a stirred 300 mL CH2Cl2 solution in a −78° C. cooling bath was added chlorosulfonic acid (14.5 mL, 217.8 mmol). A solution of 3-methoxythiophene (10.0 g, 87.59 mmol) in 80 mL of CH2Cl2 was added slowly along the side wall of the flask. After 30 min, the cooling bath was removed. Reaction was continued at room temperature for 2 h. Stirring was stopped, the mixture was set still for approximately 10 min, and filtered directly and carefully through a 2-in silica gel pad. The green glue residue was extracted several times with CH2Cl2 and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 10.75 g (58%) of thiophene-sulfonyl chloride as an off-white (trace green-grey) solid.
  • Step B
  • To a solution of thiophene-sulfonyl chloride (10.12 g, 47.58 mmol), obtained from step A, in 250 mL of CH2Cl2 at room temperature was added triethylamine (13.3 mL, 95.42 mmol) followed by diethyl amine (6.2 mL, 59.85 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 2 h, washed with H2O (50 mL), a 1.0 M HCl aqueous solution (50 mL×2), H2O (50 mL), and brine. The organic solution was dried with Na2SO4, and concentrated in vacuo to afford 11.54 g (97%) of diethylsulfonamide as a light wheat color solid (MH+=250.0).
  • Step C
  • To a stirred solution of diethylsulfonamide (11.54 g, 46.28 mmol), available from step B above, in 230 mL of CH2Cl2 at −78° C. was added dropwise along the sidewall of the flask a 1.0 M solution of boron tribromide in CH2Cl2 (58 mL, 58.0 mmol) The resulting mixture was stirred over night while temperature of the cooling bath was increased slowly from −78° C. to 10° C. H2O (150 mL) was added. The mixture was separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH2CO2 (150 mL); and the combined organic layers were washed with brine (100 mL), dried with Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to give 11.16 g (crude, 100%) of the corresponding hydroxyl-thiophene as a dark brown oil (MH+=236.0).
  • Step D
  • Hydroxy-thiophene (11.16 g, ˜46.27 mmol), from step C above, was dissolved in 230 mL of CH2Cl2, and added with potassium carbonate (16.0 g, 116.0 mmol) at room temperature. Bromine (4.75 mL, 92.7 mmol) was added drop wise. After stirred for 18 h, the solution was decanted. The solid residue was extracted with CH2Cl2 (100 mL). The organic fractions were combined, washed with H2O (100 mL×2) and a 10% Na2S2O3 aqueous solution (100 mL×2). The Na2S2O3 washings were acidified to pH ˜4 using a 1.0 M HCl aqueous solution, and extracted with CH2Cl2 (100 mL×2). All organic layers were combined, washed with brine, dried by Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to yield 16.8 g (crude, 100%) of hydroxyl-thiophene bromide as a dark brown oil.
  • Step E
  • Hydroxyl-thiophene bromide (16.8 g, crude, ˜46.27 mmol), from step D above, was dissolved in 250 ml of acetone, and added with potassium carbonate (32.0 g, 232.0 mmol) followed by iodomethane (28 mL, 450 mmol). The resulting mixture was refluxed over night. After cooled to room temperature, 200 mL of CH2Cl2 was added, the mixture was filtered through a 1-in silica gel pad, rinsing with CH2Cl2. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to a dark brown oil, which was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with hexanes, hexanes-CH2Cl2 (3:1, 2:1, v/v). Removal of solvents afforded 7.56 g (50%) of methoxy-thiophene bromide as a light yellow oil (M+=328, M+2=330).
  • Step F
  • An oven dried two-neck round bottom flask was equipped with a magnetic stirring bar, a condenser, a stopcock, and cooled under nitrogen. Solid palladium acetate, rac-BINAP, and cesium carbonate were added. The solid mixture was degassed via house vacuum, refilled with nitrogen. This process was repeated two more times. A solution of thiophene-bromide (5.5 g, 16.8 mmol, from step E) in 100 mL of toluene was added, followed by benzophenone imine. The mixture was stirred and heated at reflux for 3.5 d. After cooled to room temperature, the mixture was diluted with ether (150 mL), filtered through a Celite pad. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to a dark brown oil, which was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with hexanes, hexanes-CH2Cl2 (2:1, 1:1, 1:2, v/v), and CH2Cl2. Removal of solvents afforded 6.4 g (89%) of thiophene-imine as a dark yellow oil (MH+=429.1).
  • Step G
  • To a solution of thiophene imine (6.0 g, 13.9 mmol, from Step F above) in 100 mL of CH2Cl2 at −78° C. was added dropwise a 1.0 M solution of boron tribromide in CH2Cl2 (17.2 mL, 17.2 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 4 h while temperature of the cooling bath was increased to 10° C. Cooling bath was removed, and reaction was continued for 45 min. H2O (100 mL) was added. The two layers were separated after 10 min, the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2Cl2 (50 mL×2), and the combined organic layers were washed with brine. The organic solution was concentrated in vacuo to give a dark reddish brown oil which was used next. The aqueous layers were adjusted to pH˜6 using a sat.NaHCO3 aqueous solution, and extracted with CH2Cl2 (100 mL×2). The extracts were washed with brine, dried by Na2SO4, and filtered through a 0.5-in silica gel pad. The filtrate was concentrated to yield the first batch of the hydroxyl-amine product (0.27 g).
  • The brown oil from above was dissolved in 75 mL of methanol, and added with sodium acetate (2.7 g, 32.91 mmol) and hydroxylamine hydrochloride (1.72 g, 24.75 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2.5 h, quenched with a 1.0 M NaOH aqueous solution (50 mL). The aqueous mixture washed with ether (100 mL×3). The combined ether extracts were re-extracted with 25 mL of the 1.0 M NaOH aqueous solution. The basic aqueous layers were combined, adjusted to pH˜6.0 using a 3.0 M HCl aqueous solution, and extracted with CH2Cl2 (100 mL×4). The organic extracts were washed with brine, dried by Na2SO4, and filtered through a 0.5-in silica gel pad, rinsing with CH2Cl2. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to afford 2.55 g of the hydroxyl-amine product as the second batch (total 2.82 g, 82%, MH+=251.0).
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLES 2.1-2.5
  • Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00081

    Step A
  • Following the procedure described in Preparative Example 1, step B, but using the amines indicated in the table below, the corresponding thiophene-sulfonamides were obtained.
  • Steps B to F
  • Following the procedures set forth in Preparative Example 1, steps C through G, and using the thiophene-sulfonamides available in Step A above, hydroxyl-thiophene-amines in Table 1 were prepared.
    TABLE 1
    Prep Hydroxy-thiophene- Yield
    Ex. R1R2NH amine (MH+)
    2.1 MeMeNH
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00082
    27% 223.0
    2.2 MeEtNH
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00083
    17% 237.0
    2.3 BnBnNH
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00084
    15% 375.1
    2.4 EtBnNH
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00085
    23% 313.0
    2.5 iPrBnNH
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00086
     4% 327  
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLE 3
  • Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00087

    Step A
  • Dibenzylsulfonamide-thiophene-amine (660 mg, 1.76 mmol), available from Preparative Example 2.3, was stirred with 4 mL of concentrated sulfuric acid at room temperature for 5 h. Ice water (50 mL) was added. The aqueous mixture was adjusted to pH ˜5 using a 1.0 M NaOH aqueous solution, and extracted with ethyl acetate (200 mL×4). The organic extracts were washed with H2O and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to yield 237 mg of the desired sulfonamide amine (69%, MH+=194.23, [M-NH2]+=178).
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLE 3.1-3.2
  • Following the procedures set forth in Preparative Example 3, thiophene-amines listed in Table 2 below were prepared by using the precursors specified.
    TABLE 2
    Prep Precursor Hydroxy-thiophene- Yield
    Ex. (prep. ex.) amine (MH+)
    3.1
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00088
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00089
    69% 223.0
    (2.4)
    3.2
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00090
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00091
    78% 237.0
    (2.5)
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLE 4
  • Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00092

    Step A
  • Thiophene-imine (1.5 g, 3.5 mmol), prepared in Step F of Preparative Example 1, was dissolved in 30 mL of CH2Cl2. Pyridine (0.85 mL, 10.4 mmol) was added followed by solid N-chloro-succinamide (0.94 g, 7.04 mmol). After stirred for 48 h, the mixture was diluted with CH2Cl2 (50 mL), washed with H2O (30 mL) and brine (30 mL). The organic solution was dried with Na2SO4, and evaporated under reduced pressure to a dark brown oil, which was separated by preparative TLC (CH2Cl2 as eluent) to afford 0.66 g (41%) of chloro-imine as a dark reddish yellow oil (MH+=463.1).
  • Step B
  • Following the procedure described in Step G of Preparative Example 1, chloro-imine (0.61 g; 1.3 mmol) obtained in Step A above was converted to the desired hydroxy-thiophene amine (0.34 g, 92%, MH+=285.1).
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLE 4.1
  • Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00093

    Step A
  • Thiophene-imine (1.5 g, 3.5 mmol), available from Step F of Preparative Example 1, was dissolved in 30 mL of CH2Cl2, and added with potassium carbonate (1.2 g, 8.70 mmol) followed by drop wise addition of bromine (0.32 mL, 6.25 mmol). After stirred for 2 d, H2O was added. The two layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH2Cl2 (50 mL×2). The organic layers were combined, washed with a 10% Na2S2O3 aqueous solution (40 mL×2) and brine (40 mL), dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated in vacuo to a dark brown oil. This oil was separated by preparative TLC (CH2Cl2 as eluent), to give 0.96 g (54%) of the desired bromo-imine as a bright yellow oil (M+=507, M+2=509)
  • Step B
  • Bromo-imine (0.95 g, 1.87 mmol), available from Step A above, was dissolved in 15 mL of anhydrous THF, cooled in a −78° C. bath, and treated with a 2.5 M solution of n-butyl lithium in hexanes (1.2 mL, 3.0 mmol) drop wise along the side wall of the flask. After 30 min, Iodomethane (0.35 mL, 5.62 mmol) was added drop wise. Reaction was continued for 5 h, during which time the cooling bath was allowed to warm slowly to 0° C. The mixture was quenched by H2O (25 mL), and extracted with CH2Cl2 (50 mL×2). The organic extracts were washed with brine, dried with Na2SO4, and concentrated in vacuo to give 0.93 g (crude, >100%) of the desired methylated imine as a dark yellow oil (MH+=443.1)
  • Step C
  • The crude methyl-imine (0.93 g), prepared in step B above, was converted to the methyl-hydroxyl-amine (0.21 g, 41%, MH+=265.0) by using the procedures described in Step G of Preparative Example 1.
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLE 5
  • Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00094

    Step A
  • Following the procedure described in Preparative Example 1, Step B, but using morpholine (4.0 g, 18.81 mmol), the desired morpholino-sulfonamide was obtained (4.84 g, 98%).
  • Step B
  • To a suspension of sodium hydride (1.4 g, 95%, 55.42 mmol) in 50 mL of N,N′-dimethylformamide (DMF) was added dropwise ethanethiol. The suspension turned to a clear solution, and was added to a stirred solution of morpholino-sulfonamide (4.84 g, 18.38 mmol), available from Step A above, in 15 mL of DMF. The resulting mixture was heated at 95° C. for 4.5 h. Upon aqueous work-up, the demethylated product was obtained (4.07 g, 89%).
  • Step C, D, and E
  • Following the procedures set forth in Preparative Example 1, Steps D, E and F, the hydroxyl-thiophene-sulfonamide (4.07 g, 16.33 mmol) available from Step B above was converted to the corresponding methoxy-thiophene-imine (3.75 g, 69%).
  • Step F
  • Applying the procedure used in Step B above, methoxy-thiophene-imine (2.75 g, 6.17 mmol) was demethylated to give the hydroxyl-thiophene-imine (2.42 g, 92%).
  • Step G
  • Following the procedure described in Preparative Example 1 Step G, hydroxyl-thiophene-imine prepared in Step F above (2.42 g, 5.65 mmol) was treated with sodium acetate and hydroxylamine hydrochloride in methanol at room temperature to afford the titled hydroxyl-amino-thiophene sulfonamide (1.06 g, 71%, MH+=265.0)
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLE 5.1
  • Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00095
  • Following the procedures set forth in Preparative Example 5, except using pyrrolidine in place of morpholine, the titled hydroxyl-amino-thiophene sulfonamide was obtained (MH+=249).
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLE 6
  • Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00096

    Step A
  • 3-Methoxy-2-thiophenesulfonylchloride, available from Step A of Preparative Example 1, could be converted to methyl-3-methoxy-2-sulfone under the conditions of sodium O,O-diethylphosphorotellurite, triethylbenzylammonium chloride (cat.), and iodomethane in refluxing THF, according to the procedures described in Synthetic Communications, 1990, 20, 2291-2295.
  • Step B to F
  • Following the procedures set forth in Preparative Example 1, steps C through G, methyl-3-methoxy-2-thiophenesulfone obtained from Step A above, could be transformed into the desired hydroxyl-amine thiophenesulfone.
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLE 7
  • Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00097

    Step A to D
  • Hydroxy-pyridyl thiophene, prepared according to literature precedence (Acta Chemica Scandinavica, 1992, 46, 654-660), could be converted to the desired pyridyl-hydroxyl-amine following the procedures set forth in Preparative Example 1, steps D through G.
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLE 8
  • Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00098

    Step A
  • If one were to use a similar methylation procedure to that used in Preparative Example 1 step E, except using the hydroxyl acid form Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 1996, 6, 1043, one would obtain the desired methoxy methyl ester.
  • Step B
  • The methoxy methyl ester, available from Step A above, could be hydrolyzed upon treatment of a 1.0 M NaOH aqueous solution at room temperature to afford the corresponding acid.
  • Step C
  • Following a similar procedure to that used in Tetra. Let., 1999, 40, 1721-1724, the acid from Step B above could be transformed into the corresponding t-butyl carbamate via Curtius rearrangement under the conditions of diphenylphosphoryl azide and triethylamine in refluxing toluene, and then t-butyl alcohol.
  • Step D
  • If mono tert-butyl carbamate obtained in Step C above were treated with di-tertbutyldicarbonate B a suitable amine base, c would be converted to bis-tert-butyl carbamate.
  • Step E
  • Following a similar procedure to that used in Synthesis, 1986, 1031, except using the product from Step D above, one would obtain the desired sulfonamide compound.
  • Step F
  • Treatment of the product from Step E above with boron tribromide, and then trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane, the desired hydroxyl-amino-sulfonamide would be obtained.
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLE 9
  • Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00099

    Step A
  • If the product from Step E of Preparative Example 8 were treated with iodoethane, potassium carbonate in refluxing acetone, the corresponding diethyl sulfonamide could be obtained.
  • Step B
  • The product from Step A above could be demethylated following the procedure described in Step C, Preparative Example 1. Further treatment of the demethylated intermediate with trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane should lead to the desired hydroxyl-amine product.
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLE 10
  • Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00100

    Step A
  • 1-Methyl-4-bromo-3-aminopyrazole (commercially available) could be converted to the corresponding N,N-dibenzylaminopyrazole upon treatment with sodium hydride and benzyl bromide in N,N-dimethylformamide.
  • Step B
  • Following a similar procedure to that used in Acta Chemica Scandinavica, 1992, 46, 654-660, except using the product from Step A above, one would obtain the desired hydroxyl-pyrazole compound.
  • Step C
  • Following the procedure described in Step E, Preparative Example 1, except using the product from Step B above, the methylated pyrazole compound could be prepared.
  • Step D
  • Following the procedure described in Step A, Preparative Example 1, except using the product from Step C above, the desired pyrazole sulfonyl chloride could be generated
  • Step E
  • Following the procedure described in Step B, Preparative Example 1, except using the product from Step D above, pyrazole diethylsulfonamide would be obtained.
  • Step F
  • Following the procedure described in Step C, Preparative Example 1, except using the product from Step E above, hydroxyl-pyrazole sulfonamide would be obtained.
  • Step G
  • If the product from Step F above were to be treated with 10% Palladium on carbon (cat.) in ethanol under a hydrogen atmosphere, hydroxyl-amino-pyrazole sulfonamide would be formed.
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLE 11
  • Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00101

    Step A
  • Ethyl-pyrrole-carboxylate, prepared according to known procedures described in Synthesis, 2000, 5, 673, could be hydrolyzed to the acid in THF upon treatment of a 1.0 M NaOH aqueous solution.
  • Step B
  • If one were to treat the acid, available from Step A above, with oxalyl chloride along with a catalytic amount of N,N′-dimethylformamide in dichloromethane at room temperature, followed 30 minutes later by solid potassium carbonate and diethyl-amine, the desired diethyl-amido-pyrrole could be obtained
  • Step C
  • Following the procedure described in Step B, Preparative Example 9, except using the product from Step B above, the desired hydroxyl-amino-pyrrole compound would be prepared.
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLE 12
  • Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00102

    Step A
  • Following a similar procedure to that used in Heterocycles 1995, 41, 709-720, 2-chloro-3-nitrothiophene would be reduced to 2-chloro-3-aminothiophene under the conditions of FeSO4.7H2O in water and ethanol.
  • Step B
  • Following a similar procedure to that used in Org. Syn. Vol. 78, p. 220, 2-Chloro-3-amino-thiophene from Step A above could be converted to the desired isocyanate upon treatment with triphosgene in a mixture of dichloromethane and saturated sodium bicarbonate aqueous solution.
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLE 13
  • Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00103
  • If 2-chloro-3-amino thiophene, from Step A of Preparative Example 12, were treated with thiocarbonyl dichloride, similar to the conditions and procedures used in Chem. Pharm. Bull. 1996, 44, 2042-2050, 2-chloro-3-thiophene-isothiocyanate would be obtained,
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLE 14
  • Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00104

    Step A
  • If 2-chloro-3-amino-thiophene, available from Step A of Preparative Example 12, were treated with chlorosulfonic acid and subsequently with aqueous sodium hydroxide solution in the manner as described in J. Org. Chem., 1968, 33, 1295-1296, the corresponding sodium thiophene sulfamate would be generated.
  • Step B
  • If sodium thiophene sulfamate from step A above were treated with phosphorous pentachloride in refluxing benzene, similar to that used in J. Org. Chem., 1976, 41, 4028-4029, the desired thiophenesulfamoyl chloride would be obtained.
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLE 15
  • Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00105
  • Following the procedures used in Preparative Example 14, steps A and B, 2,3-dichloroaniline could be converted to the corresponding sulfamoyl chloride.
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLE 16
  • Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00106

    Step A
  • Methyl-4-bromo-3-hydroxy-2-thiophenecarboxylate (20 g, 84.36 mmol) was dissolved in 400 mL of acetone. Potassium carbonate (58 g, 420.3 mmol) was added followed by iodomethane (45 mL, 424 mmol). The resulting mixture was heated at reflux for 4.5 h. After cooling, the mixture was filtered through a thin Celite pad, rinsing with methylene chloride. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give 22.5 g of methyl-4-bromo-3-methoxy-2-thiophenecarboxylate (crude, 100%, MH+=251.0) as a dark green solid,
  • Step B
  • The product from Step A above (22.5 g, 84.36 mmol) was dissolved in 60 mL of tetrahydrofuran and added with 125 mL of a 1.0 M NaOH aqueous solution. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 d, then washed with ether (60 mL×2), acidified to pH˜2 using a 1.0 M HCl aqueous solution. Solids were precipitated out after acidification, and collected by filtration. The solid was dissolved in methylene chloride-ethyl acetate (˜4:1, v/v). The organic solution washed with H2O and brine, dried with Na2SO4, and concentrated in vacuo to a light yellow solid, further dried on hight vacuum, yielding 17.95 g of 4-bromo-3-methoxy-2-thiophene carboxylic acid (90%, MH+=237.0).
  • Step C
  • The carboxylic acid (3.26 g, 13.75 mmol) available from Step B above was treated with 30 mL of concentrated sulfuric acid. The mixture was sealed in a one-neck round bottom flask, and heated at 65° C. for 4.5 h. After cooled to room temperature, the mixture was poured into 200 mL of crushed ice, and extracted with methylene chloride (100 mL×3). The organic extracts were combined, washed successively with H2O (50 mL×2), sat. NaHCO3 (50 mL×3), and brine (50 mL). The organic solution was dried with Na2SO4, and concentrated in vacuo to a dark brown oil, which was purified by flash column chromatography (biotage, SiO2 column) using hexanes-methylene chloride (3.1, v/v) as eluents. Removal of solvents afforded 1.83 g of 3-bromo-4-methoxy thiophene (69%) as a light yellow oil.
  • Step D
  • To a stirred solution of 3-bromo-4-methoxythiophene (550 mg, 2.85 mmol), prepared in Step C above, in 30 mL of methylene chloride at −78° C. was added dropwise along the inside wall of the flask chlorosulfonic acid (0.48 mL, 7.21 mmol). The mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 10 min, continued at room temperature for 1 h, and filtered through a 1-in silica gel pad, rinsing with methylene chloride. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give 270 mg of 4-bromo-3-methoxy-2-thiophene sulfonylchloride (33%) as a light yellow oil.
  • Step E
  • To a stirred solution of thiophene sulfonylchloride (270 mg, 0.926 mmol) prepared in Step D above in 15 mL of methylene chloride at room temperature was added triethylamine followed by N-methyl-tertbutylamine (0.25 mL, 2.094 mmol). After 20 h, the mixture was diluted with 50 mL of methylene chloride, and washed with H2O and brine. The organic solution was dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to an oily residue, which was purified by preparative TLC (methylene chloride as eluent) to afford 73 mg of the titled bromo-sulfonamide (23%) as a near colorless oil.
  • Step F
  • A one-neck round bottom flask was charged with bromo-sulfonamide (73 mg, 0.2133 mmol, from Step E above), palladium acetate (5 mg, 0.0223 mmol), binap (0.03212 mmol), cesium carbonate (139 mg, 0.4266 mmol), and benzophenonimine (0.06 mL, 0.358 mmol). The mixture was evacuated via house vacuum, and refilled with nitrogen. A 3 mL of anhydrous toluene was added. The mixture was evacuated again, refilled with nitrogen, and heated at reflux for 2.5 d. After cooled to room temperature, methylene chloride (50 mL) was added, the mixture was filtered through a Celite pad, rinsing with methylene chloride. The filtrated was concentrated in vacuo to give 205 mg (crude, MH+=443.1) of the desired imine product as a dark brown oil, used in next step without purification.
  • Step G
  • The imine from Step F above (205 mg, crude, 0.2133 mmol) was dissolved in 5 mL of methanol, and added with sodium acetate (81 mg, 0.9873 mmol) followed by hydroxylamine hydrochloride (68 mg, 0.98 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 6.5 h, quenched with the addition of 10 mL of a 1.0 M NaOH aqueous solution. The aqueous mixture was extracted with methylene chloride (30 mL×3). The extracts were combined, washed with brine, dried by Na2SO4, and concentrated in vacuo to a dark yellow oil, which was purified by preparative TLC (methylene chloride-methanol=100:1, v/v) to give 34 mg (57% over two steps, MH+=279.0) of methoxy-thiophenesulfonamide amine as a light yellow oil, solidified on standing.
  • Step H
  • To a stirred suspension of sodium hydride (60%, 45 mg, 1.13 mmol) in 3 mL of anhydrous N,N′-dimethylformamide (DMF) was added dropwise ethanethiol (0.1 mL, 1.34 mmol). After 10 min, the mixture turned into a clear solution, and 1 mL of this solution was taken up in a syringe and added dropwise to a stirred solution of methoxy-thiophenesulfonamide amine in 1 mL of DMF. The mixture was heated up to 95° C., and continued for 3.5 h. After cooling, the mixture was poured into 20 mL of a 1.0 M NaOH aqueous solution. The aqueous mixture washed with methylene chloride (30 mL×3). The organic washings were combined, re-extracted with a 1.0 M NaOH aqueous solution (15 mL) and H2O (15 mL). The aqueous layer and aqueous extracts were combined, adjusted to pH˜6 using a 1.0 M HCl aqueous solution, and extracted with methylene chloride (75 mL×3). The organic extracts were washed with brine, dried (Na2SO4), and concentrated in vacuo to a dark yellow oil. This oil was dissolved in ethyl acetate (50 mL), washed with H2O (10 mL×2) and brine (10 mL). The organic solution was dried (Na2SO4), and concentrated in vacuo to afford 36 mg (100%, MH+=265.0) of hydroxyl-thiophene sulfonamide amine as a yellow oil.
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLE 16.1
  • Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00107

    Step A
  • Following the procedures described in Preparative example 16 Step E, 4-bromo-3-methoxy-2-thiophene-sulfonyl chloride (190 mg, 0.65 mmol, available from Step D, Preparative example 16) was converted to the titled tert-butyl sulfonamide (56 mg, 26%, MH+=328.1) upon treatment of triethylamine (0.28 mL, 2.0 mmol) and tert-butylamine (0.15 mL, 1.43 mmol) in 10 mL of methylene chloride.
  • Step B
  • tert-Butyl sulfonamide (98 mg, 0.3 mmol) available from Step A above was converted to the imine product (296 mg, crude, MH+=429.1) by using the procedure described in Step F of Preparative example 16
  • Step C
  • Following the procedures described in Preparative Example 6, Step F and G, the imine product (108 mg, crude, ˜0.25 mmol) from Step B above was transformed to the desired hydroxyl-thiophene amine (25 mg, 40% over two steps, MH+=251.0)
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLE 16.2
  • Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00108

    Step A
  • tert-Butyl-thiophene sulfonamide available from Preparative Example 16.1 Step A (164 mg, 050 mmol) was treated with potassium carbonate (700 mg. 5 mmol) and iodoethane (0.4 mL 5 mmol) in acetone and refluxed for 1.5 d. The mixture was filtered, and the solid material washed with methylene chloride. The combined filtrated and washing were concentrated and purified by flash column chromatography eluting with 0 to 30% methylene chloride in hexanes. Removal of solvents afforded the ethyl-tert-butyl-sulfonamide (151 mg, 85%).
  • Steps B, C and D
  • Following the procedures described in Preparative Example 16, Steps F, G and H, ethyl-tert-butyl sulfonamide (150 mg, 0.42 mmol) from Step A above was converted to the hydroxyl-amino-thiophene (45 mg, 38%, MH+=279.1).
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLE 16.3
  • Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00109

    Step A
  • Following the procedure described in Preparative Example 1 Step F, 3-bromo-4-methoxy-thiophene (0.90 g, 4.66 mmol) available from Preparative Example 16, Step C, was converted to the corresponding imine (2.4 g, crude, before purification, MH+=294.0).
  • Step B
  • The imine compound from Step A above (crude material, 2.4 g) was dissolved in methanol (40 mL) and methylene chloride (10 mL) Sodium acetate (0.92 g, 11.2 mmol) and hydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.58 g, 8.35 mmol) were added. After stirred for 3 h at room temperature, 30 mL of a 1.0 M NaOH aqueous solution was added. The mixture was extracted with methylene chloride (75 mL×3). The organic extracts were washed with brine, dried by Na2SO4, and concentrated in vacuo to an oily residue. This residue was stirred with 20 mL of a 1.0 M HCl aqueous solution for 2 h, washed with ether (30 mL×3), then adjusted to pH˜12 using a 1.0 M NaOH aqueous solution. The aqueous mixture was extracted with methylene chloride (50 mL×4). The organic extracts were washed with brine, dried, and concentrated to give 3-amino-4-methoxy-thiophene (0.414 g, 69% over two steps, MH+=130.0).
  • Step C
  • A mixture of 3-amino-4-methoxy-thiophene (405 mg, 3.135 mmol) available from Step B above and 2,3-dichlorophenyl isocyanate (0.74 g, 3.94 mmol) in 30 mL of methylene chloride was stirred at room temperature over night. The near colorless precipitates were collected by filtration, washed with hexanes, and dried on high vacuum, yielding 795 mg of the titled urea compound (80%, MH+=317.1).
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLE 17
  • Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00110

    Step A
  • Following the procedure described in Preparative Example 16, Step E, except using cyclobutyl amine in place of N-methyl-N-tert butyl amine, the cyclobutyl-thiophene sulfonamide was prepared.
  • Step B
  • Cyclobutyl-thiophene-sulfonamide (325 mg, 0.99 mmol), available from Step A above, was methylated following a similar procedure used in Preparative Example 16.2 Step A to give the desired product (300 mg, 89%, MH+=342.1).
  • Steps C and D
  • Following the procedures used in Preparative Example 1 steps F and G, the bromide from Step B above (300 mg, 0.88 mmol) was converted to the titled hydroxyl-amino-thiophene (78.5 mg, 34%, MH+=263.0).
  • PREPARATIVE EXAMPLE 17.1
  • Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00111
  • Following the procedures used for the Preparative Example 17, except using cyclopropyl amine in Step A in place of cyclobutyl amine, the titled hydroxyl-amino-thiophene was obtained (MH+=249.0).
  • EXAMPLE 20
  • Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00112
  • To a stirred solution of hydroxyl-amino-thiophene-dimethylsulfonamide (50 mg, 0.225 mmol), available from Preparative Example 2.1, in 2 mL of CH2Cl2 at room temperature was added 2,3-dichlorophenylisocyanate (240 mg, 1.28 mmol). After 14 h (over night), solvent was evaporated, the oily residue was separated by preparative TLC (CH2Cl2-MeOH=30:1, v/v, 2 elutions) to afford 67.5 mg (73%) of the urea product as a light yellow solid (M+=410.07).
  • EXAMPLES 20.1-20.2
  • Following the procedures described in Example 20, except using the isocyanates identified and the hydroxyl-amino-thiophene-dimethylsulfonamide from Preparative Example 2.1, the urea-type of products in Table 3 below were obtained.
    TABLE 3
    1. Yield %
    2. MH+
    Ex. No. Isocyanate Product 3. m.p. (° C.)
    20.1
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00113
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00114
    1. 42% 2. 420.1 3. 133-135
    20.2
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00115
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00116
    1. 46% 2. 342.1 3. 71-73
  • EXAMPLES 20.3-20.21
  • Following the procedures described in Example 20, except using the hydroxyl-thiophene-amines prepared and the commercially available isocyantes identified, the urea-type of compounds in Table 4 below were prepared.
    TABLE 4
    1. Yield
    %
    2. MH+
    Amine 3. m.p.
    Ex. No. (Prep. Ex.) Isocyanate Product (° C.)
    20.3
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00117
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00118
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00119
    1. 69% 2. 438.1 3. 96-98
    20.4
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00120
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00121
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00122
    1. 96% 2. 474.0 3. 197- 198
    20.5
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00123
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00124
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00125
    1. 72% 2. 452.1 3. 128 (decomp)
    20.6
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00126
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00127
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00128
    1. 69% 2. 442.1 3. 87-89
    20.7
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00129
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00130
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00131
    1. 61% 2. 410.1 3. 145 (decomp)
    20.8
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00132
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00133
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00134
    1. 40% 2. 392.1 3. 152 (decomp)
    20.9
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00135
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00136
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00137
    1. 18% 2. 418 3. 168.2
    20.10
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00138
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00139
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00140
    1. 23% 2. 420 3. 202.3- 208.8
    20.11
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00141
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00142
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00143
    1. 35% 2. 424 3. 168- 172
    20.12
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00144
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00145
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00146
    1. 52% 2. 434 3. 170- 173
    20.13
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00147
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00148
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00149
    1. 17% 2. 438.1 3. 181- 185
    20.14
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00150
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00151
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00152
    1. 23% 2. 452.1 3. 162 (decomp)
    20.15
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00153
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00154
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00155
    1. 65% 2. 466.1
    20.16
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00156
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00157
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00158
    1. 7.4% 2. 436.1
    20.17
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00159
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00160
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00161
    1. 31% 2. 450.1
    20.18
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00162
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00163
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00164
    1. 27% 2. 436 3. 165- 170
    20.19
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00165
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00166
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00167
    1. 17% 2. 446 3. 134- 140
    20.20
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00168
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00169
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00170
    1. 13% 2. 452.1 3. 212 (decomp)
    20.21
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00171
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00172
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00173
    1. 7.6% 2. 382.1 3. 171 (decomp)
  • EXAMPLE 21
  • Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00174

    Step A
  • 2-H-thiophene-urea (85 mg, 0.27 mmol), available from Step C of Preparative Example 16.3, was partially dissolved in methylene chloride (4 mL) and added dropwise to a stirred solution of chlorosulfonic acid (0.09 mL, 1.35 mmol) in 4 mL of methylene chloride at room temperature. After 10 min, the mixture was poured into crushed ice and extracted with ethyl acetate several times. The extracts were washed with water and brine, dried with sodium sulfate, and concentrated to give the corresponding thiophene sulfonyl chloride as a greenish oil (45 mg) used in next step directly,
  • Step B
  • A mixture of thiophene sulfonyl chloride (from Step A above), N-methyl-N-ethyl amine (0.05 mL), and triethyl amine (0.16 mL) in 3 mL of methylene chloride was stirred at room temperature over night. Upon aqueous work up, an oily material was obtained, which was purified by preparative TLC to give the desired product (6 mg, 5% over two steps, MH+-437.0).
  • Step C
  • The methoxy-thiophene urea compound (6 mg), available from Step B above, was dissolved in 2 mL of methylene chloride and cooled in an ice bath. A 1.0 M solution of boron tribromide in methylene chloride (0.05 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 15 min and continued at room temperature for 30 min, and quenched with water. The aqueous mixture was extracted with methylene chloride, the extracts were washed with brine, dried by Na2SO4, and concentrated in vacuo to give an oily residue, which was purified by preparative TLC to afford the titled product (4 mg, 95%, MH+=424).
  • EXAMPLES 21.1-21.14
  • Following the procedures described in Example 21, except using the amines indicated in Table 5, the corresponding urea compounds were synthesized.
    TABLE 5
    1. Yield %
    Ex. No. R1R2NH Product 2. MH+
    21.1
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00175
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00176
    1. 2% 2. 438
    21.2
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00177
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00178
    1. 5% 2. 452
    21.3
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00179
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00180
    1. 5% 2. 452.1
    21.4
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00181
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00182
    1. 9.4% 2. 438.1
    21.5
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00183
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00184
    1. 10% 2. 479
    21.6
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00185
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00186
    1. 7% 2. 466
    21.7
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00187
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00188
    1. 2% 2. 466
    21.8
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00189
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00190
    1. 5% 2. 480.1
    21.9
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00191
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00192
    1. 1% 2. 451
    21.10
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00193
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00194
    1. 9.3% 2. 422.1
    21.11
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00195
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00196
    1. 10% 2. 468.1
    21.12
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00197
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00198
    1. 3.3% 2. 468.1
    21.13
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00199
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00200
    1. 3% 2. 482.1
    21.14
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00201
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00202
    1. 2.5% 2. 396.1
  • EXAMPLE 22
  • Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00203
  • A mixture of thiophene-amine (50 mg, 0.212 mmol), available from Preparative Example 2.2, and 2,3-dichlorophenyl-isothiocyanate (90 mg, 0.441 mmol) in 2 mL of CH2Cl2 was stirred at room temperature for 24 d. The mixture was diluted with CH2Cl2 (30 mL), washed with a saturated NaHCO3 aqueous solution, H2O, a 1.0 N HCl aqueous solution, and brine. The organic solution was dried by Na2SO4, concentrated to an oily residue, and purified by preparative TLC (CH2Cl2-MeOH=30:1, v/v, 2 elutions) to give 10.3 mg (11%) of the desired product as a light yellow solid (MH+=442.1, m.p. 112-115° C.).
  • EXAMPLES 30.2-30.7
  • Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00204
  • Following the procedures described in Example 20, except using the amines (A-NH2) identified, the urea-type products in Table 6 below may be obtained.
    TABLE 6
    Ex. No. A—NH2 (Prep. Ex.) Product
    30.2
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00205
    (6)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00206
    30.3
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00207
    (7)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00208
    30.4
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00209
    (8)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00210
    30.5
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00211
    (9)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00212
    30.6
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00213
    (10)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00214
    30.7
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00215
    (11)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00216
  • EXAMPLES 30.8, 30.9 and 30.11-30.20
  • Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00217
  • Following the procedures described in Example 20, except using the amines (A-NH2) identified, and 2-chloro-3-thiophene-isocyanate from Preparative Example 12, the urea-type products in Table 7 below may be obtained.
    TABLE 7
    Ex. A—NH2
    No. (Prep. Ex.) Product
    30.8
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00218
    (2.1)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00219
    30.9
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00220
    (2.2)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00221
    30.11
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00222
    (16)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00223
    30.12
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00224
    (17.1)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00225
    30.13
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00226
    (5.1)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00227
    30.14
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00228
    (3)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00229
    30.15
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00230
    (6)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00231
    30.16
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00232
    (7)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00233
    30.17
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00234
    (8)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00235
    30.18
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00236
    (9)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00237
    30.19
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00238
    (10)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00239
    30.20
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00240
    (11)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00241
  • EXAMPLES 31.1-31.12
  • Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00242
  • Following a similar procedure to that used in Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett., 2000, 10, 265-268, the coupling of amines A-NH2 identified and thiophene-sulfamoyl chloride from Preparative Example 14 would lead to the formation of the sulfamide products listed in Table 8 below.
    TABLE 8
    Ex. A—NH2
    No. (Prep. Ex.) Product
    31.1
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00243
    (2.1)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00244
    31.2
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00245
    (2.2)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00246
    31.3
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00247
    (16)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00248
    31.4
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00249
    (17.1)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00250
    31.5
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00251
    (5.1)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00252
    31.6
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00253
    (3)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00254
    31.7
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00255
    (6)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00256
    31.8
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00257
    (7)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00258
    31.9
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00259
    (8)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00260
    31.10
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00261
    (9)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00262
    31.11
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00263
    (10)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00264
    31.12
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00265
    (11)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00266
  • EXAMPLES 32.1-32.11
  • Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00267
  • Following the procedure set forth in Example 22, except using the amines A-NH2 identified thiourea-products listed in Table 9 below may be prepare
    TABLE 9
    Ex. A—NH2
    No. (Prep. Ex.) Product
    32.1
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00268
    (2.1)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00269
    32.2
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00270
    (16)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00271
    32.3
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00272
    (17.1)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00273
    32.4
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00274
    (5.1)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00275
    32.5
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00276
    (3)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00277
    32.6
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00278
    (6)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00279
    32.7
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00280
    (7)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00281
    32.8
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00282
    (8)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00283
    32.9
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00284
    (9)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00285
    32.10
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00286
    (10)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00287
    32.11
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00288
    (11)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00289
  • EXAMPLE 33
  • Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00290
  • Dichloroanilino-thiourea compound, available from Example 32.1, may be directly converted to the corresponding cyanoguanidine by treatment with Lead cyanamide (PbNCN) in refluxing acetonitrile-DMF solution (See: Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett., 2000, 10, 265-268; J. Med. Chem., 1977, 20, 901).
  • EXAMPLE 33.1-33.11
  • Following the procedure used in Example 33, cyanoguanidine compounds listed in Table 10 below may be prepared from their corresponding thiourea precursors.
    TABLE 10
    Ex.
    No. Thioureas (Prep. Ex.) Product
    33.1
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00291
    (21)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00292
    33.2
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00293
    (32.2)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00294
    33.3
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00295
    (32.3)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00296
    33.4
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00297
    (32.4)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00298
    33.5
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00299
    (32.5)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00300
    33.6
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00301
    (32.6)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00302
    33.7
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00303
    (32.7)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00304
    33.8
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00305
    (32.8)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00306
    33.9
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00307
    (32.9)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00308
    33.10
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00309
    (32.10)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00310
    33.11
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00311
    (32.11)
    Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00312
  • The compounds of the present invention are useful in the treatment of CXC-chemokine mediated conditions and diseases. This utility is manifested in their ability to inhibit IL-8 and GRO-α chemokine as demonstrated by the following in vitro assays.
  • Receptor Binding Assays:
  • CXCR1 SPA Assay
  • For each well of a 96 well plate, a reaction mixture of 2.2 μg hCXCR1-CHO overexpressing membranes (Biosignal) and 100 μg/well WGA-SPA beads (Amersham) in 160 μl was prepared in CXCR1 assay buffer (25 mM HEPES, pH 7.8, 2 mM CaCl2, 1 mM MgCl2, 125 mM NaCl, 0.1% BSA) (Sigma). A 0.5 nM stock of ligand, [125I]-IL-8 (NEN) was prepared in the CXCR1 assay buffer. 10× stock solutions of test compounds were prepared in 10% DMSO (Sigma). The above solutions were added to a 96-well assay plate (PerkinElmer) as follows: 20 μl test compound or DMSO, 160 μl of reaction mixture, 20 μl of ligand stock (Final [Ligand]=0.05 nM). The assay plates were shaken for 5 minutes on plate shaker, then incubated for 12 hours before cpm/well were determined in Microbeta Trilux counter (PerkinElmer). % Inhibition of Total binding-NSB (250 nM IL-8) was determined for IC50 values.
  • For the CXCR1 assay, the compounds of Examples 20, 20.1, 20.3, 20.4, 20.5, 20.6, 20.7, 20.8, 20.9, 20.10, 20.11, 20.12, 20.13, 20.14, 20.15, 20.16, 20.17, 20.18, 20.19, 20.20, 20.21, 21, 21.1, 21.2, 21.3, 21.4, 21.5, 21.6, 21.7, 21.8, 21.9, 21.10, 21.11, 21.12, 21.13, 21.14, and 22 had a Ki of within the range of 0.652 μM to >29 μM.
  • For the CXCR1 assay, the compounds of Examples 20.3, 20.11, 20.13, 20.14, 20.15, 20.16, 20.18, 20.19, 21.5, 21.6, 21.7, 21.10, and 21.14 had a Ki of within the range of 0.652 μM to 1.92 μM.
  • The compound of Example 20.14 had a Ki of 0.652 μM
  • CXCR2 SPA Assay
  • For each well of a 96 well plate, a reaction mixture of 2.5 μg hCXCR2-CHO overexpressing membranes (Biosignal) and 200 μg/well WGA-SPA beads (Amersham) in 160 μl was prepared in CXCR2 assay buffer (25 mM HEPES, pH 7.4, 2 mM CaCl2, 1 mM MgCl2). A 1 nM stock of ligand, [125I]-IL-8 (NEN), was prepared in the CXCR2 assay buffer. 10× stock solutions of test compounds were prepared in DMSO (Sigma), The above solutions were added to a 96-well assay plate (PerkinElmer or Corning) as follows: 20 μl test compound or DMSO, 160 μl of reaction mixture, 20 μl of ligand stock (Final [Ligand]=0.1 nM). The assay plates were shaken for 5 minutes on a plate shaker, then incubated for 12 hours before cpm/well were determined in Microbeta Trilux counter (PerkinElmer).
  • For the CXCR2 assay, the compounds of Examples 20, 20.1, 20.3, 20.4, 20.5, 20.6, 20.7, 20.8, 20.9, 20.10, 20.11, 20.12, 20.13, 20.14, 20.15, 20.16, 20.17, 20.18, 20.19, 20.20, 20.21, 21, 21.1, 21.2, 21.3, 21.4, 21.5, 21.6, 21.7, 21.8, 21.9, 21.10, 21.11, 21.12, 21.13, 21.14, and 22 had a KS of within the range of 5 nM to 14800 nM.
  • For the CXCR2 assay, the compounds of Examples 20, 20.1, 20.3, 20.7, 20.10, 20.12, 20.15, 20.16, 20.17, 20.18, 20.19, 20.21, 21, 21.1, 21.2, 21.3, 21.4, 21.5, 21.6, 21.7, 21.8, 21.10, 21.12, 21.14 and 22 had a Ki of within the range of 5 nM to 91 nM.
  • For the CXCR2 assay, the compounds of Examples 20.16, 21.1, 21.4, 21.6, 21.7 and 21.14, had a Ki of within the range of 5 nM to 10 nM.
  • For the CXCR2 assay, the compound of Example 20.16 had a Ki of 6 nM.
  • Calcium Fluorescence Assay (FLIPR)
  • HEK 293 cells stably transfected with hCXCR2 and Gαζ/q could be plated at 10,000 cells per well in a Poly-D-Lysine Black/Clear plate (Becton Dickinson) and could be incubated 48 hours at 5% CO2, 37° C. The cultures could then be incubated with 4 mM fluo-4, AM (Molecular Probes) in Dye Loading Buffer (1% FBS, HBSS w. Ca & Mg, 20 mM HEPES (Cellgro), 2.5 mM Probenicid (Sigma) for 1 hour. The cultures could be washed with wash buffer (HBSS w Ca, & Mg, 20 mM HEPES, Probenicid (2.5 mM)) three times, then 100 μl/well wash buffer could be added.
  • During incubation, compounds could be prepared as 4× stocks in 0.4% DMSO (Sigma) and wash buffer and could be added to their respective wells in the first addition plate. IL-8 or GRO-α (R&D Systems) concentrations could be prepared 4× in wash buffer+0.1% BSA and could be added to their respective wells in second addition plate.
  • Culture plate and both addition plates could then be placed in the FLIPR imaging system to determine change in calcium fluorescence upon addition of compound and then ligand. Briefly, 50 μl of compound solutions or DMSO solution could be added to respective wells and change in calcium fluorescence measured by the FLIPR for 1 minute. After a 3 minute incubation within the instrument, 50 μl of ligand could then be added and the change in calcium fluorescence measured by the FLIPR instrument for I minute. The area under each stimulation curve could be determined and values could be used to determine % Stimulation by compound (agonist) and % Inhibition of Total Calcium response to ligand (0.3 nM IL-8 or GRO-α) for IC50 values of the test compounds,
  • Chemotaxis Assays for 293-CXCR2
  • A chemotaxis assay is setup using Fluorblok inserts (Falcon) for 293-CXCR2 cells (HEK-293 cells overexpressing human CXCR2). The standard protocol used at present is as follows:
  • 1. Inserts are coated with collagenIV (2 μg/ml) for 2 hrs at 37° C.
  • 2. The collagen is removed and inserts are allowed to air dry overnight.
  • 3. Cells are labeled with 10 μM calcein AM (Molecular Probes) for 2 hrs. Labeling is done in complete media with 2% FBS.
  • 4. Dilutions of compound are made in minimal media (0.1% BSA) and to placed inside the insert which is positioned inside the well of a 24 well plate. Within the well is IL-8 at a concentration of 0.25 nM in minimal media. Cells are washed and resuspended in minimal media and placed inside the insert at a concentration of 50,000 cells per insert.
  • 5. Plate is incubated for 2 hrs and inserts are removed and placed in a new 24 well. Fluorescence is detected at excitation=485 nM and emission=530 nM.
  • Cytotoxicity Assays
  • A cytotoxicity assay for CXCR2 compounds could be conducted on 293-CXCR2 cells. Concentrations of compounds could be tested for toxicity at high concentrations to determine if they could be used for further evaluation in binding and cell based assays. The protocol could be as follows:
  • 1. 293-CXCR2 cells could be plated overnight at a concentration of 5000 cells per well in complete media.
  • 2. Dilutions of compound could be made in minimal media w/0.1% BSA. Complete media could be poured off and the dilutions of compound could be added. Plates are incubated for 4, 24 and 48 hrs. Cells could be labeled with 10 μM calcein AM for 15 minutes to determine cell viability. Detection method could be the same as above.
  • Soft Agar Assay
  • 10,000 SKMEL-5 cells/well could be placed in a mixture of 1.2% agar and complete media with various dilutions of compound. Final concentration of agar could be 0.6%. After 21 days viable cell colonies could be stained with a solution of MTT (1 mg/ml in PBS). Plates could then be scanned to determine colony number and size. IC50 could be determined by comparing total area vs. compound concentration.
  • While the present invention has been described in conjunction with specific embodiments set forth above, many alternatives, modifications and variations thereof will be apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art. All such alternatives, modifications and variations are intended to fall within the spirit and scope of the present invention.

Claims (48)

1. A compound of the formula:
Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00313
and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof, wherein:
Y is selected from the group consisting of: unsubstituted phenyl, substituted phenyl, unsubstituted pyridinyl, substituted pyridinyl, unsubstituted pyrazinyl, substituted pyrazinyl, unsubstituted pyrimidinyl substituted pyrimidinyl, unsubstituted thiophene-yl, substituted thiophene-yl, unsubstituted thiazolyl, substituted thiazolyl, unsubstituted furanyl, substituted furanyl, unsubstituted isoxazolyl, substituted isoxazolyl, unsubstituted oxazolyl, substituted oxazolyl, unsubstituted naphthyl, substituted naphthyl, unsubstituted indolyl, substituted indolyl, unsubstituted benzoimidazolyl, substituted benzoimidazoyl, unsubstituted benzodioxolyl, substituted benzodioxolyl, unsubstituted quinolinyl, substituted quinolinyl, unsubstituted benzofuranyl, substituted benzofuranyl, substituted benzothiophene-yl, unsubstituted benzothiophene-yl, unsubstituted pyrrolyl, substituted pyrrolyl, unsubstituted isothiazolyl, substituted isothiazolyl, unsubstituted pyrazolyl, substituted pyrazolyl, unsubstituted pyridazinyl, substituted pyridazinyl, unsubstituted isoquinolinyl, substituted isoquinolinyl, unsubstituted pyridopyrazinyl, substituted pyridopyrazinyl, unsubstituted napthyridinyl, substituted napthyridinyl, unsubstituted triazolyl, substituted triazolyl, unsubstituted tetrazolyl, substituted tetrazolyl, unsubstituted triazinyl, substituted triazinyl, unsubstituted chromenyl, substituted chromenyl, unsubstituted pteridinyl, substituted pteridinyl, unsubstituted purinyl, and substituted purinyl; said substituted Y groups being substituted with 1 to 5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of: —OH, halogen, cyano, —CF3, —OCF3, —NR11R12, —NR11—(CO)NR11R12, —C(O)NR11R12, —CO2R11, —OR11, —SO(t)NR11R12, —NR11SO(t)R12, —COR11, substituted aryl, unsubstituted aryl, substituted alkyl, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted alkoxy, unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted aryloxy, unsubstituted aryloxy, substituted heteroarylalkyl, unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl, substituted heteroarylalkoxy, unsubstituted heteroarylalkoxy, substituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted hydroxyalkyl, unsubstituted hydroxyalkyl; wherein the substituted substituent groups bound to Ar are substituted with 1 to 6 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, —CF3, —COR11, —OR11, —NR11R12, —NO2, —CN, —SO2R11, —SO2NR11R12, —NR11C(O)R12, —C(O)NR11R12, —NR11CO2R12 and —CO2R11;
Q is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00314
the ring of the 5-het moiety is a heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of: thiophene-yl, isothiazolyl, pyrrolyl and pyrazolyl;
R1 is bonded to a carbon atom of said 5-het and R1 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, halogen, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted alkyl, unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, —OH, —OCF3, —CF3, —CN, —NO2, —C(O)R11, —C(O)OR11, —C(O)NR11R12, —SO(t)NR11R12, —SO(t)R11, —C(O)NR11OR12, unsubstituted aryl, substituted aryl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, and substituted heteroaryl;
R2 is bound to a carbon atom of said 5-het and R2 is selected from the group consisting of: —OH, —OC(O)NHR16, —NHC(O)R16 and —NHS(O)2R16;
n=0 or 1;
n′=0 or 1;
R3, when n is 1, is bonded to a carbon atom in said 5-het, and R3 is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, cyano, —CF3, substituted alkyl, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted aryl, unsubstituted aryl, substituted heteroaryl and unsubstituted heteroaryl;
R4, when n′ is 1, is bonded to a nitrogen atom in said 5-het and R4 is selected from the group consisting of: substituted alkyl, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted aryl, unsubstituted aryl, substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, —COOR17 and —OR17;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, cyano, substituted alkyl, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted alkoxy, unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted aryl or unsubstituted aryl, substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted arylalkyl, —S(O)tNR13R14, —S(O)tR13, —SO2fluoroalkyl, —C(O)2R13, —C(O)NR13R14 and —C(O)R13;
R11 and R12 are independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted alkyl, unsubstituted aryl, substituted aryl, unsubstituted alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, carboxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl, substituted heteroarylalkyl, unsubstituted heterocycloalkylalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkylalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkylalkyl, substituted cycloalkylalkyl, unsubstituted heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, unsubstituted fluoroalkyl, and substituted fluoroalkyl; or
R11 and R12, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to in the groups —C(O)NR11R12 and —SO(t)NR11R12, form an unsubstituted or substituted saturated heterocyclic ring, said ring optionally containing 1 to 3 additional heteroatoms wherein said optional heteroatoms are selected from the group consisting of O, S and —N(R15), wherein there are optionally 1 to 3 substituents on the substituted cyclized R11 and R12 groups and each substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, aryl, hydroxy, cyano, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, arylalkyl, fluoroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, amino, aminoalkyl, —C(O)OR13, —C(O)NR13R14, —S(O)tNR13R14, —C(O)R13, —SO2R13, —NHC(O)NR13R14, —NHC(O)OR13, halogen, and —N(R15)2 wherein each R15 is independently selected;
R13 and R14 independently selected from the group consisting of: H, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted alkyl, unsubstituted aryl, substituted aryl, unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl, and substituted heteroarylalkyl;
R15 is selected from the group consisting of: H, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted alkyl, unsubstituted fluoroalkyl, substituted fluoroalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, substituted aryl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl —C(O)2R13, —C(O)NR13R14, —S(O)tNR13R14, —C(O)R13 and —SO2R13;
R16 is selected from the group consisting of: substituted alkyl, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted fluoroalkyl, unsubstituted fluoroalkyl, substituted aryl, unsubstituted aryl, substituted heteroaryl and unsubstituted heteroaryl;
R17 is selected from the group consisting of: alkyl, substituted alkyl, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted aryl, unsubstituted aryl, substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted fluoroalkyl, substituted fluoroalkyl, unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl, substituted heteroarylalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl and unsubstituted cycloalkyl;
wherein when said substituted R1, R3, R4, R5, R11, R12, R13, R14, R15, R16, and R17 groups are other than substituted alkyl, then the substituents for said substituted R1, R3, R4, R5, R11, R12, R13, R14, R15, R16, and R17 groups are independently selected from the group consisting of: alkyl, —CF3, —OH, alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, aminoalkyl, fluoroalkyl, fluoroalkoxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylaryl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, halogen, —C(O)2R13a, —C(O)NR13aR14a, —S(O)tNR13aR14a, —C(O)R13a, —SO2R13a, and —N(R15a)2, wherein each R13a, R14a, and R15a is independently selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted aryl, halo substituted aryl, unsubstituted arylalkyl, halo substituted arylalkyl, and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, except that the cyclized R11 and R12 are optionally substituted as provided above;
wherein when said substituted R1, R3, R4, R5, R11, R12, R13, R14, R15, R16, and R17 groups are substituted alkyl, then the substituents for said substituted R1, R3, R4, R5, R11, R12, R13, R14, R15, R16, and R17 groups are independently selected from the group consisting of: —CF3, —OH, alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, aminoalkyl, fluoroalkyl, fluoroalkoxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylaryl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, halogen, —C(O)2R13a, —C(O)NR13aR14a, —S(O)tNR13aR14a, —C(O)R13a, —SO2R13a, and —N(R15a)2, wherein each R13a, R14a, and R15a is independently selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted aryl, halo substituted aryl, unsubstituted arylalkyl, halo substituted arylalkyl, and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, except that the cyclized R11 and R12 are optionally substituted as provided above; and
t is 1 or 2.
2. The compound according to claim 1 wherein Y is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00315
Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00316
wherein:
k=0 to 5;
m=0 to 4;
q=0 to 3;
p=0 to 2;
R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of: —OH, halogen, cyano, —CF3, —OCF3, —NR11R12, —NR11(CO)NR11R12, —C(O)NR11R12, —COR11, —OR11, —SO(t)NR11R12, —NR11SO(t)R12, —COR11, substituted aryl, unsubstituted aryl, substituted alkyl, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted alkoxy, unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted aryloxy, unsubstituted aryloxy, substituted heteroarylalkyl, unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl, substituted heteroarylalkoxy, unsubstituted heteroarylalkoxy, substituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted hydroxyalkyl, and unsubstituted hydroxyalkyl;
wherein the R6 groups are substituted with 1-6 substituents, and the substituted R7 groups are optionally substituted with 1 to 6 substituents, and each substituent on said substituted R6 group and each substituent on said substituted R7 group is independently selected from the group consisting of: R11, halogen, —CF3, —COR11, —OR11, —NR11R12, —NO2, —CN, —SO2R11, —SO2NR11R12, —NR11C(O)R12, —C(O)NR11R12, —NR11CO2R12 and —CO2R11.
3. The compound according to claim 1, wherein 5-het is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00317
4. The compound according to claim 1, wherein 5-het is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00318
Q is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00319
Y is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00320
k=0 to 5;
q=0 to 3;
p=0 to 2;
R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of: —OH, halogen, cyano, —CF3, —OCF3, —NR11R12, —NR11(CO)NR11R12, —C(O)NR11R12, —CO2R11, —OR11, —SO(t)NR11R12, —NR11SO(t)R12, —COR11, substituted aryl, unsubstituted aryl, substituted alkyl, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted alkoxy, unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted aryloxy, unsubstituted aryloxy, substituted heteroarylalkyl, unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl, substituted heteroarylalkoxy, unsubstituted heteroarylalkoxy, substituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted hydroxyalkyl, and unsubstituted hydroxyalkyl;
wherein the R6 groups are substituted with 1-6 substituents, and the substituted R7 groups are optionally substituted with 1 to 6 substituents, and each substituent on said substituted R6 group and each substituent on said substituted R7 group is independently selected from the group consisting of: R11, halogen, —CF3, —COR11, —OR11—NR11R12, —NO2, —CN, —SO2R11, —SO2NR11R12, —NR11C(O)R12, —C(O)NR11R12, —NR11CO2R12 and —CO2R11.
5. The compound according to claim 4 wherein 5-het is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00321
Q is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00322
Y is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00323
6. The compound according to claim 5 wherein 5-het is:
Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00324
Q is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00325
Y is:
Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00326
R1 is selected from the group consisting of —SO(t)NR11R12 and —SO(t)R11;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of: —OH and —OC(O)NHR16;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of: H, alkyl, halogen and —CF3;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of: halogen and alkyl; and
k is 2 and each R6 is independently selected.
7. The compound according to claim 6 wherein:
R1 is —SO2NR11R12;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of, H, Cl and —CF3;
R11 is selected from the group consisting of: H, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted alkyl unsubstituted cycloalkyl, and substituted cycloalkyl;
R12 is selected from the group consisting of: H, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted alkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, and substituted cycloalkyl;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of: —OH and —OC(O)NHR16;
R16 is selected from the group consisting of: alkyl, aryl and heteroaryl; and
Y is
Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00327
wherein each R6 is independently selected.
8. The compound according to claim 1 wherein 5-het is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00328
R1 is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00329
R2 is selected from the group consisting of —OH, —OC(O)NHCH2CH3, —OC(O)NHCH(CH3)2, and —NHCOCF3;
R3, when n is 1, is selected from the group consisting of: H, Cl, and —CH3;
R4, when n′ is 1, is CH3;
Q is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00330
R5 is selected from the group consisting of: H, —CN, —SO2Ph,
Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00331
Y is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00332
9. The compound according to claim 8 wherein 5-het is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00333
R1 is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00334
R5 is —CN or
Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00335
Y is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00336
10. The compound of claim 1 in an isolated and pure form.
11. A compound of formula:
Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00337
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof wherein:
Y is selected from the group consisting of: unsubstituted phenyl, substituted phenyl, unsubstituted pyridinyl, substituted pyridinyl, unsubstituted pyrazinyl, substitute pyrazinyl, unsubstituted pyrimidinyl substituted pyrimidinyl, unsubstituted thiophene-yl, substituted thiophene-yl, unsubstituted thiazolyl, substituted thiazolyl, unsubstituted furanyl, substituted furanyl, unsubstituted isoxazolyl, substituted isoxazolyl, unsubstituted oxazolyl, substituted oxazolyl, unsubstituted naphthyl, substituted napthyl unsubstituted indolyl, substituted indolyl, unsubstituted benzoimidazolyl, substituted benzoimidazolyl, unsubstituted benzodioxolyl, substituted benzodioxolyl, unsubstituted quinolinyl, substituted quinolinyl, unsubstituted benzofuranyl, substituted benzofuranyl, substituted benzothiophene-yl, unsubstituted benzothiophene-yl, unsubstituted pyrrolyl, substituted pyrrolyl, unsubstituted isothiazolyl, substituted isothiazolyl, unsubstituted pyrazolyl, substituted pyrazolyl, unsubstituted pyridazinyl, substituted pyridazinyl, unsubstituted isoquinolinyl, substituted isoquinolinyl, unsubstituted pyridopyrazinyl, substituted pyridopyrazinyl, unsubstituted napthyridinyl, substituted napthyridinyl, unsubstituted triazolyl, substituted triazolyl, unsubstituted tetrazolyl, substituted tetrazolyl, unsubstituted triazinyl, substituted triazinyl, unsubstituted chromenyl, substituted chromenyl, unsubstituted pteridinyl, substituted pteridinyl, unsubstituted purinyl, and substituted purinyl; said substituted Y groups being substituted with 1 to 5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of: —OH, halogen, cyano, —CF3, —OCF3, —NR11R12, —NR11—(CO)NR11R12, —C(O)NR11R12, —CO2R11, —OR11, —SO(t)NR11R12, —NR11SO(t)R12, —COR11, substituted aryl, unsubstituted aryl, substituted alkyl, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted alkoxy, unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted aryloxy, unsubstituted aryloxy, substituted heteroarylalkyl, unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl, substituted heteroarylalkoxy, unsubstituted heteroarylalkoxy, substituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted hydroxyalkyl, unsubstituted hydroxyalkyl; wherein the substituted substituent groups bound to Y are substituted with 1 to 6 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, —CF3, —COR11, —OR11, —NR11R12, —NO2, —CN, —SO2R11, —SO2NR11R12, —NR11C(O)R12, —C(O)NR11R12, —NR11CO2R12 and —CO2R11;
Q is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00338
the ring for the 5-het moiety is a heteroaryl ring selected from the group consisting of: thiophene-yl, isothiazolyl, pyrrolyl and pyrazolyl;
R1 is bonded to a carbon atom of said 5-het and R1 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, halogen, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted alkyl, unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, —OH, —OCF3, —CF3, —CN, —NO2, —C(O)R11, —C(O)OR11, —C(O)NR11R12, —SO(t)NR11R12, —SO(t)R11, —C(O)NR11R12, unsubstituted aryl, substituted aryl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, and substituted heteroaryl;
n=0 or 1;
n′=0 or 1;
R3, when n is 1, is bonded to a carbon atom in said 5-het, and R3 is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, cyano, —CF3, substituted alkyl, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted aryl, unsubstituted aryl, substituted heteroaryl and unsubstituted heteroaryl;
R4, when n′ is 1, is bonded to a nitrogen atom in said 5-het and R4 is selected from the group consisting of: substituted alkyl, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted aryl, unsubstituted aryl, substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, —COOR17 and —OR17;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, cyano, substituted alkyl, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted alkoxy, unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted aryl or unsubstituted aryl, substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted arylalkyl, —S(O)tNR13R14, —S(O)tR13, —SO2fluoroalkyl, —C(O)2R13, —C(O)NR13R14 and —C(O)R13;
R11 and R12 are independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted alkyl, unsubstituted aryl, substituted aryl, unsubstituted alkylaryl, substituted alkylaryl, unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, carboxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl, substituted heteroarylalkyl, unsubstituted heterocycloalkylalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkylalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkylalkyl, substituted cycloalkylalkyl, unsubstituted heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, unsubstituted fluoroalkyl, and substituted fluoroalkyl; or
R11 and R12, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound to in the groups —C(O)NR11R12 and —SO(t)NR11R12, form an unsubstituted or substituted saturated heterocyclic ring, said ring optionally containing 1 to 3 additional heteroatoms wherein said optional heteroatoms are selected from the group consisting of O, S and —N(R15), wherein there are optionally 1 to 3 substituents on the substituted cyclized R11 and R12 groups and each substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, aryl, hydroxy, cyano, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, arylalkyl, fluoroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, amino, aminoalkyl, —C(O)OR13, —C(O)NR13R14, —S(O)tNR13R14, —C(O)R13, —SO2R13, —NHC(O)NR13R14, —NHC(O)OR13, halogen, and —N(R15)2 wherein each R15 is independently selected;
R13 and R14 independently selected from the group consisting of: H, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted alkyl, unsubstituted aryl, substituted aryl, unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, Unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl, and substituted heteroarylalkyl;
R15 is selected from the group consisting of H, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted alkyl, unsubstituted fluoroalkyl, substituted fluoroalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, substituted aryl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl —C(O)2R13, —C(O)NR13R14, —S(O)tNR13R14, —C(O)R13 and —SO2R13;
R17 is selected from the group consisting of: alkyl, substituted alkyl, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted aryl, unsubstituted aryl, substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted fluoroalkyl, substituted fluoroalkyl, unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl, substituted heteroarylalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl and unsubstituted cycloalkyl;
wherein when said substituted R1, R3, R4, R5, R11, R12, R13, R14, R15, and R17 groups are other than substituted alkyl, then the substituents for said substituted R1, R3, R4, R5, R11, R12, R13, R14, R15, R16, and R17 groups are independently selected from the group consisting of: alkyl, —CF3, —OH, alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, aminoalkyl, fluoroalkyl, fluoroalkoxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylaryl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, halogen, —C(O)2R13a, —C(O)NR13aR14a, —S(O)tNR13aR14a, —C(O)R13a, —SO2R13a, and —N(R15a)2, wherein each R13a, R14a, and R15a is independently selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted aryl, halo substituted aryl, unsubstituted arylalkyl, halo substituted arylalkyl, and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, except that the cyclized R11 and R12 are optionally substituted as provided above;
wherein when said substituted R1, R3, R4, R5, R11, R12, R13, R14, R15, and R17 groups are substituted alkyl, then the substituents for said substituted R1, R3, R4, R5, R11, R12, R13, R14, R15, R16, and R17 groups are independently selected from the group consisting of: —CF3, —OH, alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, aminoalkyl, fluoroalkyl, fluoroalkoxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylaryl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, halogen, —C(O)2R13a, —C(O)NR13aR14a, —S(O)tNR13aR14a, —C(O)R13a, —SO2R13a and —N(R15a)2, wherein each R13a, R14a, and R15a is independently selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted aryl, halo substituted aryl, unsubstituted arylalkyl, halo substituted arylalkyl, and unsubstituted cycloalkyl, except that the cyclized R11 and R12 are optionally substituted as provided above; and
t is 1 or 2.
12. The compound according to claim 11, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl and aminosulfonyl.
13. The compound according to claim 12, wherein
R1 is —SO(2)NR11R12; and
R11 and R12 are independently selected from the group consisting of: H, unsubstituted alkyl, substituted alkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, and the unsubstituted or substituted saturated heterocyclic ring formed when R11 and R12 are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bound.
14. The compound of claim 1 selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00339
Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00340
Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00341
Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00342
Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00343
Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00344
Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00345
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof.
15. The compound of claim 1 selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00346
Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00347
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof.
16. The compound of claim 1 selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00348
Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00349
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof.
17. The compound of claim 1 selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00350
Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00351
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof.
18. The compound of claim 1 selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00352
Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00353
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof.
19. The compound of claim 1 having the formula:
Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00354
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof.
20. A compound of the formula:
Figure US20070248594A1-20071025-C00355
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof.
21. A pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
22. A method of treating CXCR1 or CXCR2 chemokine mediated disease in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
23. The method according to claim 22 further comprising administering said compound concurrently or sequentially with at least one additional agent, drug, medicament, antibody and/or inhibitor for treating a chemokine mediated disease, in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
24. The method according to claim 22 wherein the compound binds to a CXCR1 receptor.
25. The method according to claim 22 wherein the compound binds to a CXCR2 receptor.
26. The method according to claim 22 comprising administering: said compound concurrently or sequentially with at least one medicament selected from the group consisting of: disease modifying antirheumatic drugs; nonsteroidal antiinflammatory drugs; COX-2 selective inhibitors; COX-1 inhibitors; immunosuppressives; steroids, biological response modifiers; and other anti-inflammatory agents or therapeutics useful for the treatment of chemokine mediated diseases.
27. The method according to claim 26 wherein said disease is an inflammatory disease.
28. A method of treating cancer in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
29. A method according to claim 28 further comprising administering said compound concurrently or sequentially with at least one antineoplastic agent selected from the group consisting of: (1) gemcitabine, (2) paclitaxel, (3) 5-Fluorouracil, (4) cyclophosphamide, (5) temozolomide and (6) Vincristine.
30. The method according to claim 28 further comprising administering said compound and at least one agent selected from the group consisting of microtubule affecting agents, antineoplastic agents, anti-angiogenesis agents, VEGF receptor kinase inhibitors, antibodies against the VEGF receptor, interferon, and radiation.
31. A method of inhibiting angiogenesis in a patient in need of such inhibition said method comprising administering to said patient an effective amount of at least one compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
32. A method of treating an angiogenic ocular disease in a patient in need of such treatment said method comprising administering to said patient an effective amount of at least one compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
33. A method of treating asthma in a patient in need of such treatment said method comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
34. A method of treating a pulmonary disease in a patient in need of such treatment said method comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of: (a) at least one compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, concurrently or sequentially with (b) at least one compound selected from the group consisting of: glucocorticoids, 5-lipoxygenase inhibitors, β-2 adrenoceptor agonists, muscarinic M1 antagonists, muscarinic M3 antagonists, muscarinic M2 agonists, NK3 antagonists, LTB4 antagonists, cysteinyl leukotriene antagonists, bronchodilators, PDE4 inhibitors, PDE inhibitors, elastase inhibitors, MMP inhibitors, phospholipase A2 inhibitors, phospholipase D inhibitors, histamine H1 antagonists, histamine H3 antagonists, dopamine agonists, adenosine A2 agonists, NK1 and NK2 antagonists, GABA-b agonists, nociceptin agonists, expectorants, mucolytic agents, decongestants, antioxidants, anti-IL-8 anti-bodies, anti-IL-5 antibodies, anti-IgE antibodies, anti-TNF antibodies, IL-10, adhesion molecule inhibitors, and growth hormones.
35. A method of treating multiple sclerosis in a patient in need of such treatment said method comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of; (a) at least one compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, concurrently or sequentially with (b) at least one compound selected from the group consisting of: glatiramer acetate, glucocorticoids, methotrexate, azothioprine, mitoxantrone, and CB2-selective agents.
36. A method of treating multiple sclerosis in a patient in need of such treatment the method comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of: a) at least one compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, concurrently or sequentially with (b) at least one compound selected from the group consisting of: methotrexate, cyclosporin, leflunimide, sulfasalazine, β-methasone, β-interferon, glatiramer acetate, prednisone, etonercept, and infliximab.
37. A method of treating rheumatoid arthritis in a patient in need of such treatment said method comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of: (a) at least one compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, concurrently or sequentially with (b) at least one compound selected from the group consisting of: COX-2 inhibitors, COX-1 inhibitors, immunosuppressives, steroids, PDE 4 inhibitors, anti-TNF-α compounds, MMP inhibitors, glucocorticoids, chemokine inhibitors, CB2-selective agents, and other classes of compounds indicated for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis.
38. A method of treating stroke and ischemia reperfusion injury in a patient in need of such treatment said method comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of: (a) at least one compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, concurrently or sequentially with (b) at least one compound selected from the group consisting of: thrombolitics, antiplatelet agents, antagonists, anticoagulants and other compounds indicated for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis.
39. A method of treating stroke and ischemia reperfusion injury in a patient in need of such treatment said method comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of: (a) at least one compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, concurrently or sequentially with (b) at least one compound selected from the group consisting of: tenecteplase, TPA, alteplase, abciximab, eftiibatide, and heparin.
40. A method of treating psoriasis in a patient in need of such treatment said method comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of: a) at least one compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, concurrently or sequentially with (b) at least one compound selected from the group consisting of: immunosuppressives, steroids, and anti-TNF-α compounds.
41. A method of treating a disease selected from the group consisting of: pain, acute inflammation, chronic inflammation, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, atopic dermatitis, asthma, COPD, adult respiratory disease, arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, septic shock, endotoxic shock, gram negative sepsis, toxic shock syndrome, stroke, ischemia reperfusion injury, renal reperfusion injury, glomerulonephritis, thrombosis, Alzheimers disease, graft vs. host reaction, allograft rejections, malaria, acute respiratory distress syndrome, delayed type hypersensitivity reaction, atherosclerosis, cerebral ischemia, cardiac ischemia, osteoarthritis, multiple sclerosis, restinosis, angiogenesis, osteoporosis, gingivitis, respiratory viruses, herpes viruses, hepatitis viruses, HIV, Kaposi's sarcoma associated virus, meningitis, cystic fibrosis, pre-term labor, cough, pruritis, multi-organ dysfunction, trauma, strains, sprains, contusions, psoriatic arthritis, herpes, encephalitis, CNS vasculitis, traumatic brain injury, CNS tumors, subarachnoid hemorrhage, post surgical trauma, interstitial pneumonitis, hypersensitivity, crystal induced arthritis, acute pancreatitis, chronic pancreatitis, acute alcoholic hepatitis, necrotizing enterocolitis, chronic sinusitis, angiogenic ocular disease, ocular inflammation, retinopathy of prematurity, diabetic retinopathy, macular degeneration with the wet type preferred, corneal neovascularization, polymyositis, vasculitis, acne, gastric ulcers, duodenal ulcers, celiac disease, esophagitis, glossitis, airflow obstruction, airway hyperresponsiveness, bronchiectasis, bronchiolitis, bronchiolitis obliterans, chronic bronchitis, cor pulmonae, dyspnea, emphysema, hypercapnea, hyperinflation, hypoxemia, hyperoxia-induced inflammations, hypoxia, surgical lung volume reduction, pulmonary fibrosis, pulmonary hypertension, right ventricular hypertrophy, peritonitis associated with continuous ambulatory peritoneal dialysis (CAPD), granulocytic ehrlichiosis, sarcoidosis, small airway disease, ventilation-perfusion mismatching, wheeze, colds, gout, alcoholic liver disease, lupus, burn therapy, periodontitis, cancer, transplant reperfusion injury, and early transplantation rejection in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient an effective amount of at least one compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
42. The method of claim 41 wherein said
(a) Allograft rejections are selected from the group consisting of acute allograft rejections and chronic allograft rejections,
(b) Early transplantation rejection is an acute allograft rejection,
(c) Autoimmune deafness is Meniere's disease,
(d) Myocarditis is viral myocarditis,
(e) Neuropathies are selected from the group consisting of IgA neuropathy, membranous neuropathy and idiopathic neuropathy,
(f) Autoimmune diseases are anemias, and
(g) Vasculitis syndromes are selected from the group consisting of giant cell arteritis, Behcet's disease and Wegener's granulomatosis.
43. A method of treating COPD in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
44. A method of treating arthritis in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
45. A method of treating osteoarthritis in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
46. A method of treating pain in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
47. A method of treating pain in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof and administering a therapeutically effective amount of at least one medicament selected from the group consisting of: NSAIDs, COXIB inhibitors, anti-depressants, and anti-convulsants.
48. A method of treating acute pain, acute inflammatory pain, chronic inflammatory pain, or neuropathic pain in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
US11/775,567 2004-05-12 2007-07-10 Cxcr1 and cxcr2 chemokine antagonists Abandoned US20070248594A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US11/775,567 US20070248594A1 (en) 2004-05-12 2007-07-10 Cxcr1 and cxcr2 chemokine antagonists

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US57032604P 2004-05-12 2004-05-12
US11/126,977 US7326729B2 (en) 2004-05-12 2005-05-11 CXCR1 and CXCR2 chemokine antagonists
US11/775,567 US20070248594A1 (en) 2004-05-12 2007-07-10 Cxcr1 and cxcr2 chemokine antagonists

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/126,977 Division US7326729B2 (en) 2004-05-12 2005-05-11 CXCR1 and CXCR2 chemokine antagonists

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20070248594A1 true US20070248594A1 (en) 2007-10-25

Family

ID=35149666

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/126,977 Expired - Fee Related US7326729B2 (en) 2004-05-12 2005-05-11 CXCR1 and CXCR2 chemokine antagonists
US11/775,567 Abandoned US20070248594A1 (en) 2004-05-12 2007-07-10 Cxcr1 and cxcr2 chemokine antagonists

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/126,977 Expired - Fee Related US7326729B2 (en) 2004-05-12 2005-05-11 CXCR1 and CXCR2 chemokine antagonists

Country Status (11)

Country Link
US (2) US7326729B2 (en)
EP (1) EP1745032B1 (en)
JP (2) JP2007537272A (en)
KR (1) KR20070011475A (en)
CN (1) CN1984899B (en)
AU (1) AU2005245399A1 (en)
CA (1) CA2565519A1 (en)
IL (1) IL179162A0 (en)
MX (1) MXPA06013118A (en)
WO (1) WO2005113534A2 (en)
ZA (1) ZA200609237B (en)

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2015054117A1 (en) * 2013-10-08 2015-04-16 Temple University-Of The Commonwealth System Of Higher Education Functionalized furan-2-sulfonamides exhibiting endothelial lipase inhibition
US9763992B2 (en) 2014-02-13 2017-09-19 Father Flanagan's Boys' Home Treatment of noise induced hearing loss
WO2018071687A1 (en) * 2016-10-13 2018-04-19 The Regents Of The University Of California Methods of treating pruritis
WO2018112264A1 (en) 2016-12-14 2018-06-21 Progenity Inc. Treatment of a disease of the gastrointestinal tract with a chemokine/chemokine receptor inhibitor
US10259804B2 (en) 2014-09-26 2019-04-16 Shifa Biomedical Corporation Anti-endothelial lipase compounds and methods of using the same in the treatment and/or prevention of cardiovascular diseases
WO2020106704A2 (en) 2018-11-19 2020-05-28 Progenity, Inc. Ingestible device for delivery of therapeutic agent to the gastrointestinal tract
WO2021119482A1 (en) 2019-12-13 2021-06-17 Progenity, Inc. Ingestible device for delivery of therapeutic agent to the gastrointestinal tract
EP4252629A2 (en) 2016-12-07 2023-10-04 Biora Therapeutics, Inc. Gastrointestinal tract detection methods, devices and systems

Families Citing this family (20)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE102005008183A1 (en) * 2005-02-23 2006-08-31 Bayer Healthcare Ag New heterocyclylamide-substituted imidazole compounds useful to treat or prevent viral infections
AU2007240365B2 (en) * 2006-04-21 2011-12-15 Glaxosmithkline Llc IL-8 receptor antagonists
MX2008015485A (en) * 2006-06-08 2009-03-06 Lilly Co Eli Substituted carboxamides.
CA2664359A1 (en) * 2006-09-26 2008-04-03 Case Western Reserve University Cytokine signaling
EP2094697A1 (en) * 2006-11-23 2009-09-02 Novartis AG 5-sulfanylmethyl-pyrazolo [1,5-a]pyrimidin-7-ol derivatives as cxcr2 antagonists
JP2010510268A (en) * 2006-11-23 2010-04-02 ノバルティス アーゲー 5-sulfanylmethyl- [1,2,4] triazolo [1,5-A] pyrimidin-7-ol as a CXCR2 antagonist
CA2678735A1 (en) * 2007-02-26 2008-09-04 Santen Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Novel pyrrole derivative having ureido group and aminocarbonyl group as substituents
WO2009026248A2 (en) * 2007-08-17 2009-02-26 The Government Of The United States, As Represented By The Secretary Of Health And Human Services, National Institutes Of Health, Office Of Technology Transfer Hydrazide, amide, phthalimide and phthalhydrazide analogs as inhibitors of retroviral integrase
KR101039235B1 (en) * 2007-08-29 2011-06-07 메디포스트(주) Composition for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of diseases related to cells expressing IL-8 or GRO-?, comprising UCB-MSCs
GB2455539B (en) * 2007-12-12 2012-01-18 Cambridge Entpr Ltd Anti-inflammatory compositions and combinations
JP2010043063A (en) 2008-05-09 2010-02-25 Agency For Science Technology & Research Diagnosis and treatment of kawasaki disease
LT2356462T (en) 2008-11-11 2017-03-10 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Anti-cxcr1 compositions and methods
AR082886A1 (en) * 2010-09-03 2013-01-16 Forma Therapeutics Inc COMPOUNDS AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM
DK2718312T3 (en) * 2011-06-13 2018-10-15 Tla Targeted Immunotherapies Ab TREATMENT OF CONDITIONS CONNECTED WITH SEPSIS
WO2013148370A1 (en) 2012-03-30 2013-10-03 Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research S100a8/a9 as a diagnostic marker and a therapeutic target
MX365747B (en) * 2012-10-15 2019-06-12 Agios Pharmaceuticals Inc Therapeutic compounds and compositions.
US8865723B2 (en) 2012-10-25 2014-10-21 Tetra Discovery Partners Llc Selective PDE4 B inhibition and improvement in cognition in subjects with brain injury
US10301378B2 (en) 2013-06-18 2019-05-28 New York University Cellular factors involved in the cytotoxicity of Staphylococcus aureus leukocidins: novel therapeutic targets
WO2017040742A1 (en) * 2015-09-04 2017-03-09 Dow Agrosciences Llc Molecules having pesticidal utility, and intermediates, compositions, and processes, related thereto
JP7092356B2 (en) * 2016-06-22 2022-06-28 フーダン ユニヴァーシティ Biarylurea derivatives or salts thereof, and their preparation methods and uses

Citations (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5780483A (en) * 1995-02-17 1998-07-14 Smithkline Beecham Corporation IL-8 receptor antagonists
US6525069B1 (en) * 1998-12-18 2003-02-25 Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharma Co. N-ureidoalkyl-piperidines as modulators of chemokine receptor activity
US6649636B1 (en) * 1999-12-03 2003-11-18 Pfizer Inc. Heteroaryl phenyl pyrazole compounds as anti-inflammatory/analgesic agents
US20040053953A1 (en) * 2002-03-18 2004-03-18 Schering Corporation Treatment of chemokine mediated diseases
US6878709B2 (en) * 2002-01-04 2005-04-12 Schering Corporation 3,4-di-substituted pyridazinediones as CXC chemokine receptor antagonists
US6903131B2 (en) * 2001-10-12 2005-06-07 Schering Corporation 3,4-di-substituted maleimide compounds as CXC chemokine receptor antagonists
US20060025453A1 (en) * 2003-12-22 2006-02-02 Schering Corporation And Pharmacopeia Drug Discovery, Inc. Isothiazole dioxides as CXC- and CC-chemokine receptor ligands
US7132445B2 (en) * 2001-04-16 2006-11-07 Schering Corporation 3,4-Di-substituted cyclobutene-1,2-diones as CXC-chemokine receptor ligands
US20070004682A1 (en) * 2005-06-29 2007-01-04 Schering Corporation Di-substituted oxadiazoles as CXC-chemokine receptor ligands
US20070015731A1 (en) * 2005-06-29 2007-01-18 Biju Purakkattle J 5,6-Di-substituted oxadiazolopyrazines and thiadiazolopyrazines as CXC-chemokine receptor ligands
US20070021494A1 (en) * 2001-04-16 2007-01-25 Schering Corporation And Pharmacopeia, Inc. 3,4-Di-substituted cyclobutene-1,2-diones as CXC-chemokine receptor ligands
US20070264230A1 (en) * 2002-10-09 2007-11-15 Schering Corporation Thiadiazoledioxides and thiadiazoleoxides as CXC- and CC-chemokine receptor ligands
US7338968B2 (en) * 2003-12-19 2008-03-04 Schering Corporation Thiadiazoles AS CXC- and CC- chemokine receptor ligands

Family Cites Families (35)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE3529247A1 (en) * 1985-05-17 1986-11-20 Bayer Ag, 5090 Leverkusen USE OF THIENYL UREAS AND ISOHARNS AS AN PERFORMANCE DRIVER IN ANIMALS, NEW THIENYL URINS AND ISOHARNS AND THEIR PRODUCTION
EP0255297B1 (en) * 1986-07-31 1993-04-21 Beecham Group Plc Azabicyclic compounds, process for their preparation, and their pharmaceutical use
DE4412334A1 (en) * 1994-04-11 1995-10-19 Hoechst Ag Substituted N-heteroaroylguanidines, process for their preparation, their use as a medicament or diagnostic agent, and medicament containing them
JPH11503110A (en) 1995-02-17 1999-03-23 スミスクライン・ビーチャム・コーポレイション IL-8 receptor antagonist
US6218539B1 (en) 1996-06-27 2001-04-17 Smithkline Beecham Corporation IL-8 receptor antagonists
EP0912505A4 (en) 1996-06-27 2001-10-24 Smithkline Beecham Corp Il-8 receptor antagonists
PL330849A1 (en) 1996-06-27 1999-06-07 Smithkline Beecham Corp Antagonists of il-8 receptors
WO1997049399A1 (en) 1996-06-27 1997-12-31 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Il-8 receptor antagonists
JP2000515495A (en) 1996-06-27 2000-11-21 スミスクライン・ビーチャム・コーポレイション IL-8 receptor antagonist
US6248785B1 (en) 1996-08-06 2001-06-19 Smithkline Beecham Corporation IL-8 receptor antagonists
US6177448B1 (en) 1996-08-06 2001-01-23 Smithkline Beecham Corporation IL-8 receptor antagonists
WO1998005328A1 (en) 1996-08-06 1998-02-12 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Il-8 receptor antagonists
JP2000516621A (en) 1996-08-15 2000-12-12 スミスクライン・ビーチャム・コーポレイション IL-8 receptor antagonist
WO1998006262A1 (en) 1996-08-15 1998-02-19 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Il-8 receptor antagonists
AR008290A1 (en) 1996-08-15 1999-12-29 Smithkline Beecham Corp NEW COMPOUNDS CONTAINING GUANIDINE USEFUL AS ANTAGONISTS OF IL-8 RECEPTORS, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS THAT CONTAIN THEM PROCEDURE FOR THE PREPARATION OF SUCH COMPOUNDS AND PROCEDURE FOR THE PREPARATION OF INTERMEDIARIES.
EP0939634A4 (en) 1996-08-15 2001-02-21 Smithkline Beecham Corp Il-8 receptor antagonists
WO1998007418A1 (en) 1996-08-21 1998-02-26 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Il-8 receptor antagonists
AR008331A1 (en) 1997-01-23 1999-12-29 Smithkline Beecham Corp ANTAGONIST COMPOUNDS OF AN IL-8 RECEPTOR, USE OF THE SAME FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF MEDICINES, PROCEDURE FOR THEIR OBTAINING, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS THAT CONTAIN THEM
BR9807083A (en) 1997-01-23 2000-04-18 Smithkline Beckman Corp Antagonists to the il-8 receptor
AR015425A1 (en) 1997-09-05 2001-05-02 Smithkline Beecham Corp BENZOTIAZOL COMPOUNDS, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION CONTAINING THEM, ITS USE IN THE MANUFACTURE OF A MEDICINAL PRODUCT, PROCEDURE FOR PREPARATION, INTERMEDIARY COMPOUNDS AND PROCEDURE FOR PREPARATION
AR015426A1 (en) 1997-09-05 2001-05-02 Smithkline Beecham Corp BENZOTIAZOL COMPOUNDS ANTAGONISTS OF THE IL-8 RECEPTOR, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION CONTAINING THEM, ITS USE FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF A MEDICINAL PRODUCT, PROCEDURE FOR PREPARATION, INTERMEDIARY COMPOUNDS AND PROCEDURE FOR PREPARATION
TR200002618T2 (en) * 1997-12-22 2001-04-20 Bayer Corporation Inhibition of raf kinase using substituted heterocyclic ureas
EP1047424A4 (en) 1998-01-20 2002-05-22 Smithkline Beecham Corp Il-8 receptor antagonists
CO5200760A1 (en) * 1999-06-16 2002-09-27 Smithkline Beecham Corp RECEIVER ANTAGONISTS OF IL-8 CEPTOR IL-8
CO5190712A1 (en) 1999-06-16 2002-08-29 Smithkline Beecham Corp ANTAGONISTS OF IL-8 RECEIVERS OF IL-8 RECEIVERS
EP1202718A2 (en) * 1999-07-21 2002-05-08 Kadmus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted guanidines for the treatment of cancer and pain
EP1274413A4 (en) 2000-03-01 2005-08-10 Smithkline Beecham Corp Il-8 receptor antagonists
EP1265905A4 (en) 2000-03-01 2003-03-12 Smithkline Beecham Corp Il-8 receptor antagonists
CO5280089A1 (en) 2000-03-16 2003-05-30 Smithkline Beecham Corp IL-8 RECEIVER ANTAGONISTS
UY26627A1 (en) 2000-03-24 2001-09-28 Smithkline Beecham Corp IL-8 RECEPTOR ANTAGONISTS
WO2001098270A2 (en) * 2000-06-21 2001-12-27 Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharma Company N-ureidoalkyl-piperidines as modulators of chemokine receptor activity
SK9782003A3 (en) 2001-02-02 2004-01-08 Schering Corp 3,4-Di-substituted cyclobutene-1,2-diones as CXC chemokine receptor antagonists
EP1270551A1 (en) * 2001-06-26 2003-01-02 Aventis Pharma Deutschland GmbH Urea derivatives with antiproteolytic activity
AUPR738301A0 (en) * 2001-08-30 2001-09-20 Starpharma Limited Chemotherapeutic agents
EP1402888A1 (en) * 2002-09-18 2004-03-31 Jerini AG The use of substituted carbocyclic compounds as rotamases inhibitors

Patent Citations (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5780483A (en) * 1995-02-17 1998-07-14 Smithkline Beecham Corporation IL-8 receptor antagonists
US6525069B1 (en) * 1998-12-18 2003-02-25 Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharma Co. N-ureidoalkyl-piperidines as modulators of chemokine receptor activity
US6649636B1 (en) * 1999-12-03 2003-11-18 Pfizer Inc. Heteroaryl phenyl pyrazole compounds as anti-inflammatory/analgesic agents
US20070021494A1 (en) * 2001-04-16 2007-01-25 Schering Corporation And Pharmacopeia, Inc. 3,4-Di-substituted cyclobutene-1,2-diones as CXC-chemokine receptor ligands
US7132445B2 (en) * 2001-04-16 2006-11-07 Schering Corporation 3,4-Di-substituted cyclobutene-1,2-diones as CXC-chemokine receptor ligands
US6903131B2 (en) * 2001-10-12 2005-06-07 Schering Corporation 3,4-di-substituted maleimide compounds as CXC chemokine receptor antagonists
US6878709B2 (en) * 2002-01-04 2005-04-12 Schering Corporation 3,4-di-substituted pyridazinediones as CXC chemokine receptor antagonists
US20040053953A1 (en) * 2002-03-18 2004-03-18 Schering Corporation Treatment of chemokine mediated diseases
US20070264230A1 (en) * 2002-10-09 2007-11-15 Schering Corporation Thiadiazoledioxides and thiadiazoleoxides as CXC- and CC-chemokine receptor ligands
US7338968B2 (en) * 2003-12-19 2008-03-04 Schering Corporation Thiadiazoles AS CXC- and CC- chemokine receptor ligands
US20060025453A1 (en) * 2003-12-22 2006-02-02 Schering Corporation And Pharmacopeia Drug Discovery, Inc. Isothiazole dioxides as CXC- and CC-chemokine receptor ligands
US20070015731A1 (en) * 2005-06-29 2007-01-18 Biju Purakkattle J 5,6-Di-substituted oxadiazolopyrazines and thiadiazolopyrazines as CXC-chemokine receptor ligands
US20070004682A1 (en) * 2005-06-29 2007-01-04 Schering Corporation Di-substituted oxadiazoles as CXC-chemokine receptor ligands

Cited By (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2015054117A1 (en) * 2013-10-08 2015-04-16 Temple University-Of The Commonwealth System Of Higher Education Functionalized furan-2-sulfonamides exhibiting endothelial lipase inhibition
US9763992B2 (en) 2014-02-13 2017-09-19 Father Flanagan's Boys' Home Treatment of noise induced hearing loss
US10259804B2 (en) 2014-09-26 2019-04-16 Shifa Biomedical Corporation Anti-endothelial lipase compounds and methods of using the same in the treatment and/or prevention of cardiovascular diseases
WO2018071687A1 (en) * 2016-10-13 2018-04-19 The Regents Of The University Of California Methods of treating pruritis
EP4252629A2 (en) 2016-12-07 2023-10-04 Biora Therapeutics, Inc. Gastrointestinal tract detection methods, devices and systems
US10980739B2 (en) 2016-12-14 2021-04-20 Progenity, Inc. Treatment of a disease of the gastrointestinal tract with a chemokine/chemokine receptor inhibitor
WO2018112264A1 (en) 2016-12-14 2018-06-21 Progenity Inc. Treatment of a disease of the gastrointestinal tract with a chemokine/chemokine receptor inhibitor
WO2020106750A1 (en) 2018-11-19 2020-05-28 Progenity, Inc. Methods and devices for treating a disease with biotherapeutics
WO2020106757A1 (en) 2018-11-19 2020-05-28 Progenity, Inc. Ingestible device for delivery of therapeutic agent to the gastrointestinal tract
WO2020106754A1 (en) 2018-11-19 2020-05-28 Progenity, Inc. Methods and devices for treating a disease with biotherapeutics
WO2020106704A2 (en) 2018-11-19 2020-05-28 Progenity, Inc. Ingestible device for delivery of therapeutic agent to the gastrointestinal tract
WO2021119482A1 (en) 2019-12-13 2021-06-17 Progenity, Inc. Ingestible device for delivery of therapeutic agent to the gastrointestinal tract
EP4309722A2 (en) 2019-12-13 2024-01-24 Biora Therapeutics, Inc. Ingestible device for delivery of therapeutic agent to the gastrointestinal tract

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
AU2005245399A1 (en) 2005-12-01
WO2005113534A2 (en) 2005-12-01
CA2565519A1 (en) 2005-12-01
US7326729B2 (en) 2008-02-05
CN1984899A (en) 2007-06-20
EP1745032A2 (en) 2007-01-24
IL179162A0 (en) 2007-03-08
CN1984899B (en) 2011-07-27
JP2012006982A (en) 2012-01-12
KR20070011475A (en) 2007-01-24
MXPA06013118A (en) 2007-02-28
JP2007537272A (en) 2007-12-20
WO2005113534A3 (en) 2006-10-26
EP1745032B1 (en) 2013-07-31
ZA200609237B (en) 2008-08-27
US20060014794A1 (en) 2006-01-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US7326729B2 (en) CXCR1 and CXCR2 chemokine antagonists
US6903131B2 (en) 3,4-di-substituted maleimide compounds as CXC chemokine receptor antagonists
USRE48547E1 (en) Aminopyrimidinecarboxamides as CXCR2 modulators
US7691856B2 (en) Thiadiazoledioxides and thiadiazoleoxides as CXC- and CC-chemokine receptor ligands
US7338968B2 (en) Thiadiazoles AS CXC- and CC- chemokine receptor ligands
USRE47415E1 (en) Pyrimidinecarboxamides as CXCR2 modulators
US7671212B2 (en) Isothiazole dioxides as CXC- and CC-chemokine receptor ligands
US7718678B2 (en) Di-substituted oxadiazoles as CXC-chemokine receptor ligands
US9480694B2 (en) Thiopyrimidinecarboxamide for use in treating pulmonary disease
US7897606B2 (en) 5,6-di-substituted oxadiazolopyrazines and thiadiazolopyrazines as CXC-chemokine receptor ligands
EP3027627B1 (en) 2-[5-[n-(4-fluorophenyl)carbamoyl]pyrimidin-2-ylsulfanylmethyl]-4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]boronic acid
JP2019135244A (en) 2-[5-[n-(4-fluorophenyl)carbamoyl]pyrimidine-2-ilsulfanylmethyl]-4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl boronic acid

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION